HP Pavilion dv6 Maintenance And Service Manual
HP P av ilion dv6 Entertainm ent P C Maintenance and S er v ice Gui de Doc u ment P art Number: 5 7 5 9 7 6 -001 September 200 9 This guide is a troubleshooting re ference used for maintaining and ser vicing the computer. It provides comprehensive information on identifying computer features, compon ents, and spare parts; troubleshooting computer problems; and performing computer disassembly procedures.
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packar d Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel and Core are trademar ks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Micr osoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporatio n. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained herein is subjec t to change without notice. The only warran ties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such pro ducts and services. Nothing here in should be constr ue d as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or edit orial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: September 2009 Document Part Number: 575976-001
Safety war ning notice à W ARNI NG: T o reduce the po ssibility of heat-related injur ies or of ov erheating the com puter , do not place the computer dir ectly on y our lap or obstruct the comp uter air vents . Use the computer only on a har d, flat surface . Do not allow ano t her hard surfac e, such as an adj oining optional pr i nter , or a so f t surface , such as pillo ws or rugs or c lothing, to bloc k ai rflo w . Also, do n ot a llo w the A C adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, suc h as pi llow s or rugs or clothing, dur in g operation . The computer and t he A C adapter comp ly w ith the user-accessible surface temper a tur e limi ts defined b y the International Standar d for Safety of Info rmation T echnolog y Eq uipment (IEC 6 09 50).
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 1 Cont ents Product description External component identification Top components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Display components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 TouchPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Buttons, speakers, and fingerprint reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Front components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 Left-side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7 Right-side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â8 Bottom components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â9 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 Computer major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 Display assembly components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â9 BrightView panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â9 Mass storage devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â11 Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â12 Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â13 Miscellaneous parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â14 Sequential part number listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â15 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Service considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Grounding guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Component replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 Service tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 Computer feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 Webcam/microphone module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â7 Optical drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â9 Memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â10 TV tuner module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â12 RTC battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â13 Hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â14 WLAN module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â16 Switch cover and keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â18
2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Conte nt s Power button board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â22 Speaker assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â23 Display assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â24 Top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â30 Bluetooth module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â32 Modem module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â33 Audio/infrared board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â34 USB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â35 Power connector cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â36 System board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â37 Modem module cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â39 Fan/heat sink assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â40 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â42 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Using the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Changing the language of the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Navigating and selecting in t h e Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Displaying system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Exiting the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Setup Utility menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Security menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 System Configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Diagnostics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â4 Specifications Computer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â1 15.6-inch, HD BrightView display specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â2 Hard drive specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â3 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â4 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â5 System DMA specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â5 System interrupt specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â6 System I/O address specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â7 System memory map specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â9 Screw listing Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 black screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â1 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 s ilver screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â4 Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â5 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â9 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â10 Phillips PM3.0Ã3.5 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â14 Phillips PM2.5x5.5 captive screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â15 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â17 Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â18
Conte nt s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â1 Creating recovery discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â1 Backing up your information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â2 Using Windows Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â2 Using system restore points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â3 Performing a recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Recovering from the recovery discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Recovering from the d edicated recove ry partition (select mo de ls only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Connector pin assignments 1394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â1 Audio-in (microphone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â1 Audio-out (headphone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â2 External monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â3 HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â4 RJ-11 (modem). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â5 RJ-45 (network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â5 Universal Serial Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â6 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10â1 Requirements for specific countr ies and regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10â2 Recycling Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11â1 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11â1 Index
Maintenance and Service Gui d eMaintenance and Service Guide 1â1 1 Pr oduc t desc ription Category Description Product Name HP Pavilion dv6 En tertainment PC Processors Intel® CoreT⢠i7 mobile processor : i7-820-QM, 1.73 GHz, SC turbo up to 3.06 GHz i7-720-QM, 1.6 GHz, SC turbo up to 2.8 GHz Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM5 5 (Discrete models) Southbridge: Intel ICH9M Graphics Discrete graphics subsystem memory: â nVidia N10M-GE with 512-MB dedicated memory â nVidia N10P-GE with 1-GB dedicated memory
1â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Produc t descriptio n Panels 15.6-inch, WXGA pan el (1366 à 768) Typical brightness 220 nits Webcam Low profile VGA camera Fixed (no tilt) Activity LED 640 à 480 by 24 frames per second Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradab le memory module slots Supports dual-channel memo ry PC3, 1066 MHz front side bus (FSB), DDR3 Supports up to 8 GB of system RA M in the following configurations: â 8192-MB total system memory (4096 MB à 2, dual-channel) â 6144-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 4096 MB à 1) â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 à 2, dual-channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (2048 à 1024) â 2048-MB total system memory (1024 à 2, dual-channel) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1) Hard drives Supports all Serial ATA (SATA) 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.50-inch) hard drives Supports up to 2 hard drives Support for HP Prot ectSmart Hard Dr ive Protecti on Supports the following dr ives: â 500-GB, 7200-rpm â 500-GB, 5400-rpm â 320-GB, 7200-rpm â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 7200-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) 12.7-mm tray load Serial ATA Supports the following dr ives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer (DL) Combo Drive with LightScribe â Blu-ray ROM with Li ghtScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer (DL) Drive Microphone 2 omnidirectional microph ones, dual-array with appropriate software (supports beam forming, echo cancellation, and noise su ppression) Audio HD Audio (IDT) Supports Microsoft® Premium Requirements Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem Supports all worldwide ce rtification requireme nts Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interf ace card (NIC) (Discrete models) Wireless Integrated wireless local a rea network (WLAN) by way of wireless module: 2 wireless antennas built into display assembly Category Description
Pr oduct des cripti on Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 1â3 Support for the following WLAN formats: â Broadcom 4322 802.11 a/b/g/n WLAN â Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g Half-Mini Card (HMC) WLAN â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/n Half-Mini Card (HMC) WLAN TV Tuner Integrated NTSC/ATSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module with F-PAL jack (select models only) Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tuner module with PAL jack (select models only) Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tu ner module with F-PAL jack (select models only) Integrated DVB-T TV tuner module with PAL jack (select models only) Integrated DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module Support for TV tuner antennas for both D VB-T and NTSC/ATSC (select models only) External media card One ExpressCard 54 slot Digital Media Slot supports Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Memory Stick (MS), Memory Stick Pro (M SP), xD Picture Card (XD) Ports VGA, 15-pin supporting 19 20 x 1200 resolution a t 60Hz VGA, 15-pin supporting 16 00 x 1200 resolution a t 75Hz High-Definition Multimedia Interface ( HDMI) v1.3b supporting 1080p with HDCP key eSATA port combo with fourth USB port Microphone stere o input (audio-in) Two stereo headphone jacks (audio-out) Four USB 2.0 ports IEEE 1394a RJ-11 (modem) RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity ligh ts) Consumer infrared MCX connector for TV antennas (select models only) 2-pin AC power for 90-W AC adapter Docking Expansion port 3 supports the HP Notebook Expansion Base and HP Notebook QuickDock Keyboard/poi nting devices 16-inch full-size keyboa rd with numeric keypad TouchPad supports 2-way scrolling Taps enabled as default Power requirements 90-W AC adapter with localized cable plug sup port (2-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) (UMA model s) 3-cell 4.4-Ah 47-Wh Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.55-Ah 55-Wh Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.20-Ah 47-Wh Li-ion battery 12-cell 2.20-Ah 95-Wh Li-ion battery Security Kensington Security Lock Fingerprint reader with Digital Perso na software support Category Descriptio n
1â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Produc t descriptio n Operating system Preinstalled: Windows 7 Serviceability End-user replaceable pa rts: AC adapter Battery (system) Hard drive Memory module MiniCard components Optical drive Category Description
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â1 2 External component identification To p c o m p o n e n t s Displa y compon ents Item Component Description 1 Internal microphones (2) Record sound. 2 Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. 3 Webcam Records audio and video and captures still photograp hs.
2â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication To u c h Pa d Item Component Function 1 TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is e nabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. 2 TouchPad* Moves the pointer and select s or activa tes items on the screen. 3 Left TouchPad button* Functions like th e left button on an external mouse. 4 TouchPad on/off button Enable s/disables the TouchPad. 5 TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls up or down. 6 Right TouchPad button* Functions like the right button on an external mouse. *This table describes factory settings. To vi ew or change device preferences, select Start > Devices and Printer s. Then, right-click the device representing your computer, and select Mouse settings .
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â3 Buttons, speak ers, and fingerprint r e ader . Item Component Description 1 Speakers (2) Produce sound 2 Power button* â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the butto n briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer i s in Hibernation, pr ess the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stop ped responding and Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button fo r at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about power se ttings, Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > Power Optio ns . 3 Volume mute button Mutes and restores speaker sound. 4 Volume scroll zone Adjusts speaker volume. Slide yo ur finger to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus (-) sign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus ( ) sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. 5 Wireless butt on Turns the wirele ss feature on or of f, but does not establish a wirele ss connection. â You must set up or access a wireless network to establish a wireless connection. 6 Fingerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logo n to Windows, instead of a pa ssword logon. â This table describes factory settings. For information about c hanging factory settings, refe r to the user guides located in Help and Support.
2â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Keys Item Component Function 1 esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with th e fn key. 2 fn key Executes frequently used system func ti ons when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. 3 Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. 4 Windows applications key Displays a shortc ut menu for items beneath the pointer. 5 Integrated numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. 6 Function keys Execute frequently u sed system functions whe n pressed in combination with the fn key.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â5 Lights Item Component Description 1 Power lights (2)* â On: The computer i s on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. 2 Battery light (beside power connector) â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When th e battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidl y. â Off: If the computer is pl ugged into an external p ower source: the light is turned off when all batte ries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low ba ttery level. 3 Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or opti cal drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Ha rd Drive Protection has temporarily parked the ha rd drive. 4 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 5 Volume mut e light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. 6 Volume down light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to decrease speaker volume. 7 Volume scroll zone On: The volume scroll z one is being used to increase speaker volume. 8 Volume up light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume.
2â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Fr ont components 9 Wireless â Blue: An integrated wireless de vice, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth® device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices a re off. - Num Lock The integrated numeric keyp ad is enabled, or num lock is enabled on a connected optional numeric keyp ad. *The 2 power lights displ ay the same information. The lig ht on the power button is visible only wh en the co mputer is open. The power light on the front of the computer is visi ble whether th e computer is open or closed. Item Component Description Item Component Des cription 1 Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The comp uter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. 2 Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that i s the only availa ble power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery re aches a critical battery level , the battery light begins blinking rapidl y. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in t he computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. 3 Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection has temporarily parked the hard drive. 4 Consumer infrared lens Receives a signal from the remote control. 5 Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset micr ophone, stereo array microphone, or monaura l microphone. 6 Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when c onnecte d to optiona l powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a hea dset, or television audio. â This table describes factory settings. For in formation about cha nging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â7 Left-side compon ents Item Component Function 1 External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. 2 Expansion port 3 Connects the computer to an optional dockin g device or an optional expansion product. â The computer has o nly one expansion port. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansion port. 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Conn ects a network cable. 4 HDMI port (select models only) Connects an optional vi deo or aud io device, such as a high-definition television or any comp atible digital or au dio component. 5 eSATA/USB port (select models o nly) Connects an opti onal high-perfo rmance eSATA compo nent, such as an eSATA external hard drive, o r connects an optional USB d evice. â Depending on your computer model, the computer may include a USB port only. 6 USB port Connects an optional USB devi ce. 7 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1 394 or 1394a device, such as a camcorder. 8 Digital Media Slot activity light On: A digital card is being accessed. 9 Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMedia Card (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Card (XD) - ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard/54 card s.
2â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Right-side components Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Reads optical di scs and, on select models, also writes to optical discs. 2 Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. 3 USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. 4 TV antenna/cable jack (select model s only) Connects a TV antenna, a digital cabl e device, or a satellite devi ce that receives standard or high- definition TV broa dcasts. 5 RJ-11 (modem) jack (select models only) Connects a modem cable. 6 Security cable slot Attaches an optio nal security cable to the computer. â The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. 7 AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external power. â Off: The computer is not connected to external power. 8 Power connector Connects an AC adapter.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â9 Bottom components Item Component Function 1 Hard drive bay Holds the hard drive. 2 Vents (7) Enable airflow to cool internal components. â The computer fan starts up automatically to cool intern al components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. 3 Battery bay Holds the battery. 4 Memory module compartment Contains the memory module. Also holds the WLAN module, TV tuner card (select model s only), and the Intel Turbo Memo ry card (select models only). Ã To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for u se in the comp uter by the governmental agency that regulates wi reless d evices in your country or region. If you repla ve the module and th en receive a warning messa ge, remove the module to restore comput er fu nctionality, and then contact technical support through Hep and Support. 5 Battery release latch Releases the battery from the battery bay.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 3 Illustrated parts catalog Ser vice tag When ordering parts or requ esting information, provide the computer serial number an d model number located on the service tag. Component Description 1 Product name This is the product name af fixed to the front of the computer. 2 Serial number (s/n) This is an al phanumeric identifier that is unique to each product. 3 Part numb er/ product number (p/n) This number provid es specific information about the productâs hardware components. Th e part number helps a se rvice technician to determine what components and parts are neede d. 4 Model description This is the alphanumeric identifier used to locate documen ts, drivers, and su pport for the computer. 5 Warran ty period This number describes the dura tion of the wa rranty period for the computer.
3â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Computer major components
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â3 Item Description Spare Part Number (1) 15.6-inch d isplay assembly (includes wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) â See Display assembly components on page 3-9 for more info rmation on display assembly spare part numbers. BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micro phones for use in white computers 538348-001 BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micro phones for use in black computers 538312-001 (2) Power button bo ard (includes cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 512835-001 (3) Switch cover (includes LED board and cable) For use in white computers 571747-001 For use in black computers 571757-001 (4) Keyboard, Moo nlight White, molded keyboard characters ( include s keyboard cable) Belgium 517863-A41 The Czech Republic 517863-221 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 517863-DH1 France 517863-051 Germany 517863-041 Greece 517863-DJ1 Hungary 517863-211 For International use 517863-B31 Israel 517863-BB1 Italy 517863-061 Japan 517863-291 Latin Americ a 517863-161 Portugal 517863-131 Russia 517863-251 Saudi Arabia 517863-171 South Korea 517863-AD1 Spain 517863-071 Taiwan 517863-AB1 Thailand 517863-281 Turkey 517863-141 The United Kingd om 517863-031 The United States 517863-001 Keyboard, Moo nlight White, textured keyboard characters ( includes keyboard cabl e) Saudi Arabia 517864-171 The United States 517864-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard chara cters ( includes keyboard cable) Belgium 570228-A41 The Czech Republic 570228-221
3â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 570228-DH1 France 570228-051 French Canada 570228-121 Germany 5702 28-041 Greece 570228-DJ1 Hungary 570228-211 For International use 570228-B31 Israel 570228-BB1 Italy 5 70228-061 Japan 570228-291 Latin America 570228-161 Portugal 570228-131 Russia 570228-251 Saudi Arabia 5 70228-171 South Korea 5 70228-AD1 Spain 570228-071 Taiwan 570228-AB1 Thailand 570228-281 Turkey 570228-141 The United Kingdom 570228-031 The United States 5702 28-001 Keyboard, Espress o Black, molded keyboard characters ( includes keyboard cable) Belgium 518965-A41 The Czech Repu blic 518965-221 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 518965-DH1 France 518965-051 Germany 5189 65-041 Greece 518965-DJ1 Hungary 518965-211 For International use 518965-B31 Israel 518965-BB1 Italy 5 18965-061 Japan 518965-291 Latin America 518965-161 Portugal 518965-131 Russia 518965-251 Saudi Arabia 5 18965-171 South Korea 5 18965-AD1 Spain 518965-071 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â5 Switzerland 518965-111 Taiwan 518965-AB1 Thailand 518965-281 Turkey 518965-141 The United Kingd om 518965-031 The United States 518965-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard chara cters ( includes keyboard cable) for use in the Un ited Stat es 518966-001 (5) Speaker assembly ( incl udes left and right speakers and cabl e) For use in all countries and regions except India 533865-001 For use only in India 571902-001 (6) Top cover (includes speakers, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable, and switch cover) For use only with white computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 518108-001 For use only with black computer models not equipped with a fingerprin t reader 518788-001 For use only with black computer models equipped with a fin gerprint reader 579160-001 (7) System board (includes re placemen t thermal material) With discrete graphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 574902-001 (8) Power connec tor cable 533465-001 Cable Kit ( see âCable Kitâ on page 3-12 for more Cable Kit spare part information) 512832-001 (9a) Modem module cable â The modem module cable includ es the RJ-11 jack (9b) TV tuner cable Plastics Kit (see âP lastics Kitâ on pa ge 3-11 for more Plastics Kit spare part information) 579162-001 (10a) ExpressCard port be zel (10b) Memory module comp artment cover (10c) Hard drive port bezel cover (11) Processor (includes replaceme n t thermal material) Intel CoreT i7-820-QM processor 1.73 GHz, SC turbo up to 3.06 GHz 583053-001 Intel CoreT i7-720-QM processor 1.6 GHz, SC turb o up to 2.8 GHz 586170-001 (12) Fan/heat sink assembly (i ncludes replacement thermal materi al) For use only with computer models equipped w ith graphics sub systems with discrete memory 579158-001 (13) Base enclosure (include s rubber feet) 579157-001 Rubber Feet Kit (not illustrate d, includes 4 base enclosure rubbe r feet) 51 6499-001 (14) Audio/infrared board (include s cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 512836-001 (15) USB board (includes cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 516855-001 (16) Battery 12-cell, 95-Wh, 8.8-Ah Li-ion battery 511884-001 Item Description Spare Part Number
3â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 511872-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah L i-ion battery 484170-001 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah L i-ion battery 516915-001 (17) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-L ayer Combo Drive with L ightScribe 511880-001 â Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMulti Double-L ayer Drive 5118 82-001 (18) TV tuner module â The TV tuner modu le spare part kit do e s not include a TV tu ner module cable . The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512 832-001. DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 TV tuner external antenna ca ble (not illustrated) With F-PAL jack 482900-001 With PAL jack 482900-002 (19) RTC battery 449729-001 (20) Memory modules, PC3, 1066-MH z FSB â 4096-MB 579156-001 â 2048-MB 579155-001 â 1024-MB 579154-001 (21) Modem module â The modem module spare part kit does n ot include a mod em module cable. The modem mod ule cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512 832-001. For use in a ll countries and regions except Australia and New Zealand 5101 00-001 For use only in Australia and New Ze aland 510100-011 (22) WLAN module Broadcom 4312 802.1 1b/g WLAN module: â For use in Anti gua and Barbuda, Ba rbados, Be lize, Can ada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â7 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argenti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas , Bahrain , Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bo livia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burki na Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Co lombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croati a, Cyprus, the Czec h Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia , Fiji , Finland, France, French Guiana , Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibr altar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana , Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Iv ory Coast, Jamaica, Jor dan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvi a, Lebanon, Leso tho, Liberia, Liechte nstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia , Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Ma uritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, th e Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romani a, Russi a, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slo venia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden , S witzerland, Taiwan, T ajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tobago, Tun isia, Turkey, Turk menistan, Tuvalu, Ugand a, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 Broadcom 4322AGN 802.11a/b/g/n WiFi Adapter WLAN modu le: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barba dos, Belize, Canad a, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518434-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argenti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas , Bahrain , Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bo livia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burki na Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Co lombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croati a, Cyprus, the Czec h Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia , Fiji , Finland, France, French Guiana , Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibr altar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana , Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Iv ory Coast, Jamaica, Jor dan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvi a, Lebanon, Leso tho, Liberia, Liechte nstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia , Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Ma uritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, th e Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romani a, Russi a, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slo venia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden , S witzerland, Taiwan, T ajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tobago, Tun isia, Turkey, Turk menistan, Tuvalu, Ugand a, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518434-002 Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/n WLAN Half-Mini Card (HMC) Item Description Spare Part Number
3â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog â For use in Andorra, Antigua and Ba rbuda, Argen tina, Au stralia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbados, Belgium, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovi na, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile , the People' s Republic of China, Colo mbia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Ge orgi a, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, the Unite d Arab Emirates , the United Kingdom, Urugua y, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 572507-001 â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g WL AN Half-Mini Card (HMC) â For use in Andorra, Antigua and Ba rbuda, Argen tina, Au stralia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbados, Belgium, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovi na, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile , the People' s Republic of China, Colo mbia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Ge orgi a, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, the Unite d Arab Emirates , the United Kingdom, Urugua y, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 572508-001 (23) Hard drive (includes left and right bracke t rails, connecto r cabl e, Mylar cove r with tab, and 4 rub ber isolators) â 500-GB, 7200-rpm 575402-001 â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 511879-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 511876-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 511877-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 511874-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated: includes left an d right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber iso lators) 483862-001 Bluetooth module (does not iclude cable) (not illustrate d) 537921-001 Bluetooth module cabl e (no t illustrated) 579161-001 ExpressCard mod ule (not illustrated) 464793-002 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â9 Displa y assembly components BrightV iew panel Item Description Spare part number 1 Display be zel 512364-001 2 Display Hinge Kit (include s right and left hinges an d display panel cable) 574556-001 3 Webcam/m icrophone module 571742-001 4 Display pa nel 570095-001 5 Display panel (LED) cable 574554-001 6 Display e nclosure (includes wireless antenna transceive rs and cables and logo LE D board and cable) For use in wh ite computers 570390-001 For use in b lack computers 570391-001 Display in verter (not illustrated) 488317-001 Lower trim co ver (not illustrated) 533464-001 Display Rubber Kit (n ot illustrated, include s display bezel rubber screw covers) 512361-001 Display Sc rew Kit (not illustrated), i ncludes: â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 512362-001
3â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Mas s s to r age de vi ce s Item Description Spare part number 1 Hard drive (includes left and right bra cket rails, connector ca ble, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rub ber isolators): â 500-GB, 7200-rpm 575402-001 â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 511879-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 511876-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 511877-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 511874-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includ es left and right bracket rai ls, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 483862-001 2 Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 511880-001 â Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive 511882-001
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 1 P lastic s Kit Item Description Spare part number Plastics Kit 5979162-001 1 ExpressCard door 2 Hard drive port b ezel cover 3 Memory module compartme nt cover
3â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Cable Kit Item Description Spare part number Cable Kit, includes: 512832-001 1 TV tuner cable 2 Modem module cable (include s RJ-11 jack)
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 3 Mis ce ll aneo us part s Description Spare part number AC adapter: 120-W AC adapter 463953-001 Wired headset wit h volume control 371693-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrared transceiver) 430958-001 Power cords: For use in Ar gentina 490371-D01 For use in Australia and N ew Zealand 490371-011 For use in Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Repu blic, Finland, France, Germany, Gre ece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlan ds, northw est Africa, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-021 For use in the Asi a /Pacif ic region, French C anada, Latin America, Thailand, an d the United States 490371-001 For use in Brazi l 490371-201 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in In dia 490371-D61 For use in Isra el 490371-BB1 For use in Ita ly 490371-061 For use in Jap an 490371-291 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the Peopleâs Republic of C hina 490371-AA1 For use in So uth Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Sw itzerland 490371-111 For use in Ta iwan 490371-AB1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 490371-031 Remote controls: Full-function remote con trol 465540-001 Full-function remote con trol with teletext 465541-001 ExpressCard remote 464793-002 Screw Kit, includes: â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 516498-001
3â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 371693-001 Wired headset with volume control 430958-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrared transceiver) 449729-001 RTC battery 463953-001 120-W AC adapter 464793-002 ExpressCard module 465540-001 Full-function remote control 465541-001 Full-function remote control with teletext 482899-001 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482899-002 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482899-003 DVB-T TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482900-001 TV tuner external antenna cable with F-PAL jack 482900-002 TV tuner external antenna cable with PAL jack 483862-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit 484170-001 Battery, 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah Li-ion 488317-001 Display inverter 490371-001 Power cord for use in the Asia/Pacific regi on, French Cana da, Latin America, Thailand, and the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use i n Australia and Ne w Zealand 490371-021 Power cord for use in Be lgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Fin land, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherland s, northwest Africa, Norway, Poland, Po rtugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turke y 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom and Hong Kong 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-081 Power cord for use in D enmark 490371-111 Power cord for use i n Switzerland 490371-201 Power cord for use in Bra zil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Ja pan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the Peopleâs Repub lic of China 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use i n South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in So uth Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 5 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 504593-003 Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigu a and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the C ayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Ri co, Tr inidad and To bago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-004 Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN module fo r use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, An dorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba , Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bang ladesh, Barbad os, Be laru s, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda , Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Fa so, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Repu blic, Chad, Chile, the People's Rep ublic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Cost a Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Re public , East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estoni a, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gab on, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Gua deloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, H onduras, Ho ng Kong, Hungary, Icela nd, India, Ireland, Israe l, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan , Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, La os, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenste in, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedoni a, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Marti nique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco , Mozambiq ue, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, th e Netherlands, New Zealan d, Nicaragua, Nige r, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakista n, Palau, Panama, Papua Ne w Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychel les, Si erra Leone, Singap ore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Surinam e, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, T aiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and T obago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenista n, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ara b Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay , Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, an d Zimbabwe 510100-001 Modem module for use in all countries and regi ons except Australia and New Zealand â The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem modul e cable. The modem model cable is incl uded in the Cable Kit, spare part numbe r 512832-001. 510110-011 Modem module for use in Australia and New Ze aland â The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem modul e cable. The modem model cable is incl uded in the Cable Kit, spare part numbe r 512832-001. 511872-001 Battery, 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion 511874-001 Hard drive, 250-GB, 720 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511875-001 Hard drive, 250-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511876-001 Hard drive, 320-GB, 720 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511877-001 Hard drive, 320-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511879-001 Hard drive, 500-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511880-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti D ouble-Layer Combo Drive with Ligh tScribe 511882-001 Blu-ray ROM with Li ghtScribe DV D±R/RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Drive 512361-001 Display Rubber Kit 512362-001 Display Screw Kit 512364-001 Display bezel 512832-001 Cable Kit 512835-001 Power bu tton board for use in com puters with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 512836-001 Audio/infrared board for use in compute rs with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 516498-001 Screw Kit 516499-001 Rubber Feet Kit 516855-001 USB board for use in computers with discrete graphics sub systems 516915-001 Battery, 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah Li-ion 517863-001 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-031 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-041 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in ( includes keyb oard cable) 517863-051 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in F rance ( include s keyboard cable) 517863-061 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Italy ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-071 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Sp ain (includes keyboard cable) 517863-131 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Po rtugal ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-141 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in T urkey ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-161 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Lati n America ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-171 Keyboard, Moonlight White, mold ed keyboard characters for use in Saudi Arab ia ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-211 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in H ungary ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-221 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in the Czech Republic ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-251 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Russia ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-281 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in T hailand ( includ es keyboard cable) 517863-291 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Japan ( includes keyboard ca ble) 517863-A41 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Be lgium ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-AB1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Taiwan ( inclu des keyboard cable) 517863-AD1 Keyboard, Moonlight White , molded keyboard characters for use in South Korea (includes keyboard cable) 517863-B31 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for International use ( include s keyboard cable) 517863-BB1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Israel ( includes keyb oard cable) 517863-DH1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molde d keyboard characters for use in De nmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden ( includ es keyboard cable) 517863-DJ1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters fo r use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 517864-001 Keyboard, Moonlight White, textured keyboa rd characters for use in the United States ( include s keyboard cable) Spare part number Description
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 7 517864-171 Keyboard, Moonlight White, te xtured keyboard characters for use in Saudi Ara bia ( includes keyboard cable) 518108-001 Top cover for use only with white computer models not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes speaker, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable , and switch cover) 518434-001 Broadcom 4322 AGN 802.11a/b /g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Ba rbuda, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Pue rto Rico, Trinid ad and Toba go, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518434-002 Broadcom 4322 AGN802.11a/b/g/n WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan , Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armeni a, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belaru s, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Braz il, the British Virgin Islands, Bru nei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Came roon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chi le, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Comoro s, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Dji bouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republi c, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eri trea, Estonia, Eth iopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Gui ana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, G uad eloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras , Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Ki ri bati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberi a, Liechtenstein, Lithuan ia, Lu xembourg, Macedoni a, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islan ds, Ma rtinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegr o, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, th e Netherla nds, New Zealand, Ni caragua, Nig er, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Ph ilippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mol dova, Romania, Ru ssia, Rwanda, Sa moa, San Marino, Sao T ome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Sen egal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leo ne, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea , Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerlan d, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmen istan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the Unite d Arab Emir ates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekista n, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518788-001 Top cover for use only with black computer m odels not equipped with a fingerprint reade r (includes speaker, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable , and switch cover) 518965-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in the United States ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-031 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-041 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Germany ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-051 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in France ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-061 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Italy ( includes keyboa rd cable) 518965-071 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Spain ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-111 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Switzerland ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-131 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Portugal ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-141 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Turkey ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-161 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in Latin America ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-171 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboa rd characters for use in Saudi Arabia ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-211 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Hungary ( includes keyboard cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 518965-221 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in the Czech Repu blic ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-251 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Russia ( inclu des keyboard cable ) 518965-281 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in Thailand ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-291 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Japan ( i ncludes keyboard cable) 518965-A41 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Belgium ( i ncludes keyboard cable) 518965-AB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, m olded keyboard ch aracters for use in Taiwan ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-AD1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in South Korea ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-B31 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for International use ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-BB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard cha racters for use in Israel ( includes keyboa rd cable) 518965-DH1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for us e in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden ( includ es keyboard cable) 518965-DJ1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 518966-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyb oard characters for use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 533464-001 Lower trim cover 533465-001 Power connector cable 533865-001 Speaker assembly for use in all countries and regions except India (i ncludes left and right sp eakers and cable) 537921-001 Bluetooth module 538312-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with we bcam an d 2 micropho nes for use in b lack computers 538348-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with we bcam an d 2 micropho nes for use in w hite computers 570095-001 Display panel 570228-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters fo r use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-031 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-041 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Ge rmany ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-051 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Fran ce ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-061 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characte rs for use in Italy ( include s keyboard cable) 570228-071 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Spain ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-121 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in French Canada ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-131 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Portugal ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-141 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Turkey ( includes keyboard cable) Spare part number Description
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 9 570228-161 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keybo ard characters for use in Latin America ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-171 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Saudi Ara bia ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-211 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Hunga ry ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-221 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in the Czech Republic ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-251 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Russi a ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-281 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Thai land ( includes keyb oard cable) 570228-291 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Japan ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-A41 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for use in Belgium ( includes keybo ard cable) 570228-AB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Taiwan ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-AD1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in South Korea ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-B31 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for International use ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-BB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Israel ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-DH1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Denmark, Finland, No rway, and Sweden ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-DJ1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 570390-001 Display enclosure fo r use in white computer s (includes wireless ante nna transceivers and cable s and LED board and cable) 570391-001 Display enclosure fo r use in black computers (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and LED board and cable) 571742-001 Webcam/micropho ne module 571747-001 Switch cover for use i n white computers (includes LED board and cabl e) 571757-001 Switch cover for use i n black computers (includes LED board and cabl e) 571902-001 Speaker assembly for use only in India (includes left and right speakers and cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â20 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 572507-001 Intel 512AN, 802.11a/g/n W L AN HMC for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argenti na, A rmenia, Aruba, Austral ia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangl adesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Be nin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia , Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central Afri can Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Repu blic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji , Fi nland, France, French Gu iana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gi braltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadelou pe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Hon duras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir eland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzst an, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein , Li thuan ia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mala ysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands , Martinique , Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Mona co, Mongolia, M ontenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands , New Zealand, Nicarag ua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Gu inea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Pri ncipe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serb ia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovaki a, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Ko rea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St . Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Surina me, Swaziland, Sweden, Switze rland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trini dad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, T urkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ar ab Emirates, the Un ited Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu , Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Za ire, Zambia, and Zimb abwe 572508-001 Intel 512AN, 802.11a/g/n W LAN HMC for use in Russia and Ukraine 574554-001 Display panel ( LED) cable 574556-001 Display Hinge Kit 575402-001 Hard drive, 500-GB, 7200-rpm (includes left a nd right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 579154-001 Memory module, 1024-MB 579155-001 Memory module, 2048-MB 579156-001 Memory module, 4096-MB 579157-001 Base enclosure (includ es rubber feet) 579158-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with co mp uter models equipped with graphics subsystems with discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material ) 579160-001 Top cover for use only with black computer models equ ipped with a fingerprint reader (includes speakers, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cabl e, and switch cover) 579161-001 Bluetooth module cable 579162-001 Plastics Kit Spare part number Description
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 4 Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Preliminary replacemen t requir ements To o l s r e q u i r e d You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and re placement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers â Torx T8 screwdriver Ser vice consider ations à CAUT I ON: The f ollow ing sections include so me of the considerati ons that yo u must k eep in mind during disas sembly and assemb ly proce du res. â As you remove each subassembly from the computer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws) away from the work area to prevent damage. Pl a s t i c p a r t s à CAUT I ON: Using excessive force during disassembly and reass em bly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connec tors à CAUT I ON: When servic ing the computer , be sure that cables are placed in their proper locations during the reas sembly proces s. Improper cable placement can dama ge the comp uter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoid damage . Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whenever poss ible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being remo ved or replaced. Handle fl ex cables with extreme care ; these cables tear easily.
4â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Dri ve handling à CAUT I ON: Dri ves are f ragile components that m ust be handled w ith care . T o pre vent damage t o the computer , damage to a dri ve , or loss of infor mation, obs er ve thes e precauti ons: â Befor e re mov ing or inserting a har d dri ve , shut dow n the computer . If you ar e unsure w hether th e computer is off or in Hibern ation , turn the compute r on, and then shut it do wn thr ough the operating s ys tem. â Befo r e handli ng a dr iv e, be sur e that you ar e dischar ged of static elec tric ity . While handling a dri ve , av oid touc hing the connector . â Bef or e r emov ing a diskette dr i ve or opti cal dri ve , be sur e that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and be sure that the opt ica l dri ve tra y is closed. â Handle dri ves on surfaces co ver ed with at least o n e inch of sh o ck -proof f oam. â A void dr opping dri ves fr om any he ight onto any surf ace . â After r emov ing a hard dr iv e, an optical dr iv e, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a s tatic -proof bag . â A void e xposi ng a hard dr ive to pr oducts that hav e magnetic fields , such as monitors o r speak ers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e x tremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed , place the driv e in a bubble pack mail er or other suitable f orm of pr otecti ve pac kaging and label the pack age âFR A GILE . â Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitr y design and structure determine the degree of sensitivity. Networks built in to many integrated circuits provid e some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor ca n destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neither felt nor hea rd, damage may have occurre d. An electronic device exposed to ESD may not be affected at all and may work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while, and then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. à CAUT I ON: T o pre vent damage to the computer w hen you ar e remo ving or installing inter nal components, observe these preca utions: â K eep components in their e lectr ostatic -safe co ntainers until y ou are r eady to install them . â Use nonmag n etic tools . â Befor e touc hing an electr onic component , di sc harge s tatic electr icity by u s ing the guidelines desc ribed in this sectio n. â A void touc hing pins, leads , and cir cuitry . Handle el ectr onic components as l ittle as possible. â If yo u remo ve a component , place it in an electros tatic -safe container .
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage le vels generated by different activities. Ã CAUT I ON: A product can be degr aded by as little as 7 00 V . P ac k aging and transporting guidelin es Follow these grounding guid elines when packaging an d transporting equipment: â To avoid hand contact, transport p roducts in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with cond uctive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers until the parts arrive at static-f ree workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic be lts and roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment used for mo ving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to avoid static charging. When gro unding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. W orkstation guidelines Follow these grounding workstation guidelines: â Cover the workstation with approved static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conduc tive field servic e tools, such as cutters, screwdriv ers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, use fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive materials, suc h as ordinary plast ic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components, pa rts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input signals before inserting or remov ing connectors or test equipment. Typical elec trostatic voltage levels Relative h umidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,00 0 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14 ,500 V 5,00 0 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20 ,000 V 7 ,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V
4â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Equipment guidel ines Grounding equipment must in clude e ither a wrist strap or a foot st rap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the grou nd cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligat or clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a g rounded floor mat. Fo ot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors o r dissipative floor mats, use fo ot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and groun d. To be effective, the con d uctive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equipment is reco mmended to p revent el ectrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other a ssembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tabletop worksta tions with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and protective materials The following table lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltag e protectio n level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,50 0 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â5 Component replacement pr ocedures This chapter provides removal and replacement procedures. There are as many as 73 screws including captive screws, in 9 different sizes, that must be re moved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer. Make special note of each screw size and loc ation during removal and replacement. Ser vice tag When ordering parts or requ esting information, provi de the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. Component Descriptio n 1 Product na me This is the product name affixed to the front of your computer. 2 Serial number (s/n) This is an alphanumeric ide ntifier that is unique to each product. 3 Part number/ product nu mber (p/n) T his number provides specific info rmation abo ut the productâs hardware components. The pa rt number helps a se rvice technician to determine what components and parts are needed. 4 Model description This is the alp hanumeric identifier use d to locate documents, drivers, and support for your computer. 5 Warranty period This number describes the dura tion of the warranty period for this computer.
4â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Computer feet The computer feet are a dhesive-backed rubber pads. The f eet are included in the Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 516499-001 . There are 4 rubber feet that attach to the base enclos ure in the locations illustrated below. Battery Before disassembling the comp uter, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. 2. Slide the battery release latch 1 to release the battery. 3. Pivot the battery 2 upward and remove it 3 from the computer. Description Spare part number 12-cell, 95-Wh, 8.8 Ah Li-ion battery 570228-001 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 511872-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah L i-ion battery 484170-001 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah L i-ion battery 516915-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â7 To install the battery, insert the rear edge of the battery into the battery bay and pivot the front edge of the battery downward until it is seated. The battery release la tch automatically locks the battery into place. W ebcam/mic rophone module â This section applies only to computer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. If it has been determined that the webcam/microphone module is the comp onent that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to be removed. Fo llow the procedures in this section to replace the webcam/microph one module. For information on re placing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see âDisplay assembly â on page 4-24. Before removing the webcam/micro phone module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the webcam/microphone modu le: 1. Turn the computer display- side up, with the front toward you. 2. Open the computer as far as possible. 3. Flex the inside edges of the top edge 1 and the upper left and u pper right corners 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. Description Spare part number Webcam/microphone module with cable 571742-001
4â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 4. Release the display bezel top ed ge 3 from the display enclosure. 5. Release the webcam/microphone module 1 from the display enclosure as far as the webcam/microphone module cable allows. 6. Disconnect the webcam/m icrophone module cable 2 from the webcam/microphone module. 7. Remove the webcam/micropho ne module. Reverse this procedure to inst all the webcam/m icroph one module.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â9 Opti cal dr iv e â The optical drive spare part kit includ es an optical driv e bezel and brack et. Before removing the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 1 that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper c lip, into the disc tray release access hole 2 . (The optical drive disc tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) 4. Use the disc tray frame to slide the opt ical drive 3 out of the computer. 5. Remove the optical d rive. 6. If it is necessary to replace the opti cal drive bracket, follow these steps: a. Position the optical drive with the optical drive bracket toward you. b. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 scr ews that secure the optical drive bracket to the optical drive. c. Remove the optical drive bracket. Description Spare part number DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe 511880-001 Blu-ray ROM with L ightScribe DVD±R/RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Dri ve 511882-001
4â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the optical drive. Memor y module Before removing the memory module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the memory mod ule: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Remove the single screw that secures the optical drive to the computer (see âOptical driveâ on p age 4-9 ). 3. Loosen the three Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cover to the computer . 4. Lift the rear edge 2 of the cover, swing it up and to the front, and remove the cover 3 . The memory module compartment cover is included in the Pl astics Kit, spare part number 579162-001 . Description Spare part number 4096-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579156-001 2048-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579155-001 1024-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579154-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 1 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises aw ay from the computer.) â If necessary, use a non-conductive pointed tool to spread the retaining tabs. 6. Remove the memory mod ule 2 by pulling the module away fr om the slot at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with a notch 3 to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to inst all a memory module.
4â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures TV tune r module â The TV tuner mo dule spare part kit do es not include a TV tuner module ca ble. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, sp are part number 512 832-001. â The TV tuner externa l antenna cables are avail able using spar e part numbers 4829 00-001 (with F-PAL jack) and 482900-002 (with PAL jack). Before removing the TV tune r module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the memory m odule compartment cover (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ). Remove the TV tuner module: 1. Disconnect the TV tuner module antenna cable 1 from the terminal on the TV tuner module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 2 that secures the TV tuner module to the computer. 3. Lift the edge of the TV tuner modu le 3 , and pull the module away from the slot at an angle. â The TV tuner module is designed with a notch 4 to prevent incorre ct insertion into th e TV tuner module slot . Reverse this procedure to in stall the TV tuner module. Description Spare part number DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 3 RT C ba t t er y Before removing the RTC battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the memory m odule compartment cover (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ). 6. Remove the RTC battery. â Use a non-conductive pointed tool to pry the RTC bat tery from the socket on th e system board. Reverse this procedure to inst all the RTC battery. Be sure that the RTC batte ry is installed with the â â sign facing up. Description Spare part number RTC battery 449729-001
4â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Hard dri ve â The hard drive spare part kit includes left and right br acket rails, a connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators. Before removing the hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the hard drive: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Loosen the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.5 captive screws 1 that secure the hard dr ive port bezel cover to the computer. 3. Lift the right side 2 of the hard drive port bezel cover, swing it up and to the left, and remove the cover 3 . The spare hard drive port bezel cover is in cluded in the Plastics Kit, 579162-001. Description Spare part number 500-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 575402-001 500-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511879-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 511876-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511877-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 511874-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes left and right bracket ra ils, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber iso lators) 483862-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 5 4. Use the Mylar tab 1 to lift the hard drive up, and then slide it to the left 2 to release it from the hard drive bay. 5. Disconnect the hard drive cable 3 from the system board. 6. Remove the hard drive from the hard drive bay. 7. If it is necessary to replace the hard drive bracket or any of the hard drive bracket components, remove the following: a. Hard drive connector cable 1 b. Four rubber isolators 2 c. Four Phillips PM3.0Ã3.5 screws 3 that secure the hard drive bracke t rails and Mylar cover to the hard drive. d. Left and right hard drive brac ket rails with Mylar cover tabs 4 . Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the hard drive.
4â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures WLAN module Description Spare part number Broadcom 4312 802.11 b/g WLAN module: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Beli ze, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinid ad and Tobago, the U. S. Virgin Isl nds, and the United States 504593-003 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argent ina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglad esh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Bri tish Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, th e Czech Re public, Den mark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuado r, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finl and, France, Frenc h Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grena da, Guadel oupe, Gu atemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice l and, India, Ireland, Israel, Ital y, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Mad agascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Ma lta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Monteneg ro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Ant illes, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ara bia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore , Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkme nistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanu atu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 Broadcom 4322 AGN802.11a /b/g/n WiFi Adapter WLAN module: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Beli ze, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinid ad and Tobago, the U. S. Virgin Isl nds, and the United States 518434-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argent ina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglad esh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Bri tish Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, th e Czech Re public, Den mark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuado r, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finl and, France, Frenc h Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grena da, Guadel oupe, Gu atemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice l and, India, Ireland, Israel, Ital y, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Mad agascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Ma lta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Monteneg ro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Ant illes, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ara bia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore , Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkme nistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanu atu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518434-002 Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/ n Half-Mini Card (HMC)
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 7 Before removing the WLAN module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the hard drive (see âH ard driveâ on page 4- 14 ). â For use in An dorra, Antigua an d Barbuda, Arge ntina, Australia, Austria , Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbado s, Belgium, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bra zil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Repub lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Gu atemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland , Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, T aiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trini dad and Tobago, Turkey, the United Arab Em irates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 572507-001 â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g Half-Mini Card (HMC) â For use in An dorra, Antigua an d Barbuda, Arge ntina, Australia, Austria , Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbado s, Belgium, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bra zil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Repub lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Gu atemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland , Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, T aiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trini dad and Tobago, Turkey, the United Arab Em irates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 572508-001 Description Spare part number
4â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Remove the WLAN module: Ã CAUT I ON: T o pre vent an unr esponsiv e sy stem, r eplace the wir eless mo dule only w ith a wir eless module author iz ed for use in the compute r by the gov ernmental agenc y that regulates w i r eless dev ices in y our country or regi on. If y ou replace the module and then rece ive a w arning message , remo ve the module to re store computer f unctionality , and then contact technical suppo r t thr ough Help and Support. 1. Disconnect the three WLAN antenna cables 1 from the WLAN module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 2 that secures the WLAN module to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the slot ri ses away from the computer.) 3. Remove the WLAN module 3 by pulling i t away from the slot at an angle. â WLAN modules are designed with a notch 4 to prevent incorrect insertion into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. â When attaching the WLAN an tenna cables to the module make sure th at the cable tag numbers are matched to the numbers on the module. Cable 1 should be attached to TR1, cabl e 2 to TR2, and cable 3 to TR3. Swi t c h c o ve r a n d keyb o ar d pa Before removing the switch cove r and keyboard, follow these steps : 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. Description: Spare part number Switch cover for use in wh ite computers (includes L ED board and cable) 571747-001 Switch cover for use in bl ack computers (includes LED b oard and cable) 571757-001 â For a detailed list of availa ble keyboards for your country or region, see pages 3-3 thro ugh 3-5.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 9 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the switch co ver and keyboard: 1. Turn the computer upsid e down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the following screws: a. Two Phillips PM2 .5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the sw itch cover to the computer b. Three Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the switch cover to the computer (these are inside the battery bay ) c. Three Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 3 that secure the keyboard to the computer 3. Turn the computer display- side up, with the front toward you, and op en the computer as far as p o ssible. 4. Lift the rear edge of the switch cover until it detaches from the computer.
4â20 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 5. Move the switch cover back so it rests on the display. 6. Remove the three silver Phillip s PM2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 1 7. Lift the rear edge 1 of the keyboard. 8. Slide the keyboard 2 back until the keyboard connector on the system board is accessible. 9. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector 1 to w hich the keyboard ca ble is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 10. Remove the keyboard.
4â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 11. Disconnect the LED board cable 1 from the low insertion force (LIF ) connector on the system board. 12. Disconnect the power button board cable 2 from the LIF co nnector on th e system b oard. 13. Remove the switch cover. Reverse this procedure to insta ll the switch cover and keyboard. P o wer button board Before removing the power butto n board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Description Spare part number Power button board for use in computers wi th discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 512835-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 3 Remove the power button b o ard: 1. Turn the switch cov e r upside down with the front toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the power button board to the switch cover. 3. Remove the power button b oard 2 and cable. Reverse this procedure to in stall the power button board. Speak er assembly â The Speaker assembly kit includes le ft and right speak ers and cable. Before removing the speaker as sembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). 6. Remove the power button b o ard (see âPower button b o ardâ on page 4-22 ) Remove the speak e r assembly. 1. Position the computer with the keyboard facing up its front edge toward you. 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Remove the four Phil lips PM2.0x4.0 screws 2 that secure the speaker assembly. 4. Remove the Phillips PM2.5x7.0 screw 3 that secures the center of the speaker assembly. Description Spare part number Speaker assembly for use in all countries and regions except India 533865-001 Speaker assembly for use only in India 571902-001
4â2 4 Maintenance and Service Gui d e Remo val and replacement procedures 5. Remove the speak er assembly 4 . Reverse this procedure to install the speaker assembly. Displa y assembly Before removing the display assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN module (see âWLAN mo duleâ on page 4-16 ). 6. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Remove the display assembly: 1. Disconnect the display p a nel cable 1 and the webcam/m icrophone cable 2 from the system board. 2. Remove the WLA N antenna ca bles from the clips 3 built int o the top cover. Description Spare part number 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micropho nes for use in white computers 538348-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micropho nes for use in black computers 538312-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 5 Ã CAUT I ON: Support the display as sembly w hen r emov ing the follo wing scr ew s. F ailure to support the display as sembly can re s ult in damage to the display assembly and other computer components. 3. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer. 4. Lift the display assembly 2 straight up and remove it. â See âWebcam/microp hone moduleâ on pa ge 4-7 for webcam/microphone module replacement instructions for computer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. 5. Remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display hi nge to the display panel. 6. Remove the display hinge 2 . The display hinge is available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 574556-001.
4â2 6 Maintenance and Service Gui d e Remo val and replacement procedures 7. If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or any of the display assembly internal components, remove the following screw covers and scre ws: Two ru bber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge 1 . Two Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 2 . The display rubber screw covers are incl uded in the Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 512361-001 . 8. Flex the inside edges of the top edge 1 , the left and right sides 2, and the bottom edge 3 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display enclosure. 9. Remove the display bezel 4 . The displa y bezel is available us ing spare part numb er 512364-001.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 7 10. If it is necessary to replace the displa y inverter, release the display inverte r 1 as far from the display enclosure as the display panel cable and backlight cable allow. 11. Disconnect the display panel cable 2 and the backlight cable 3 from the display inverter. 12. Remov e the display inverte r. The display inverter is available using spare part number 488317-00 1.
4â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 13. If it is necessary to replace the display pa nel, remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 from the top corners and the six Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 2 from the display hinges. 14. Flex the bottom 1 of the display panel and release the displa y hinges. Disconnect the display LED cable 2 from the display pa nel cable. Remove the display panel 3 . The display panel is available using spare part number 570095-001.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 9 15. If it is necessary to replace the display hing es, remove the two Phi llips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure each display hinge to the display panel. 16. Remove the display hinges 2 . The display hinges are available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 574556-001. The display hin ge screws are available in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 51 2362-001. I 17. If it is necessary to remove the display panel cable, remove the adhesive plastic strip 1 from the display panel cable, and disconnect the display panel cable from the top of the display panel 2 . Remove the tape 3 that secures the cable to the display panel. The display panel cable is available using spare part number 574554-001. Reverse this procedure to reassembl e and install the display assembly.
4â30 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures To p c o v e r â The top cover spare parts kit includes the following: speakers , TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable, and switch cover. Before removing the top co ver, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Speaker assembly (see âSpeaker assemblyâ on page 4-23 ) e. Display assembly (see âD isplay assemblyâ on page 4-24 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the computer upsid e down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the 9 Phillip s 2.5Ã6.5 screws 1 that secure the top cover to the bottom of the computer. 3. Remove the one Ph illips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 2 that secures the top cover to th e computer. This screw is in the battery bay . Description Spare part number Top cover for use onl y with black co mputer models eq uipped with a fingerprint reader 579160-001 Top cover for use only with black computer mo dels not equipped with a fingerpri nt reader 518788-001 Top cover for use onl y with white co mput er models no t equipped with a fingerprint reader 518108-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 1 4. Turn the computer righ t-side up, with the front toward you. 5. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: a. TouchPad cable 1 â On computer models equipped with a standard display assembly, this cable connects to a ZIF connector on the system board. On computer models equipped with a Fl ush Glass display assembly, th is cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. b. Fingerprint reader board cable 2 â This cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. c. Speake r cable 3 â Step 6 applies only to co mputer models equipped with standard display assemblies. 6. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws that secure the top cover to the computer. 7. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw that secures the top cove r to the computer.
4â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 8. Lift the rear edge 1 of the top cover until it rests at an angle. 9. Remove the top co ver 2 by lifting i t straight up. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Bluetooth module â The Bluetooth mo dule spare part kit does not in clude a Bluetooth module cable. The Bluetooth mo dule cable is available using spare pa rt number 579161-001. Before removing the Bluetooth module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Description Spare part number Bluetooth module 537921-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â 33 Remove the Bluetooth module: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.0x3.0 screw 1 that secures the Bluetooth module to the top cover. 2. Release the Bluetooth module 2 as far from the top cover as th e Bluetooth module cable allows. 3. Disconnect the Bluetooth modu le cable 3 from the Bluetooth modu le. 4. Remove the Bluetoo th module. Reverse this procedure to in stall the Bluetooth module. Modem module â The modem mo dule spare part kit does not include a modem module cable. The modem modu le cable is included in the Cable Kit, sp are part number 512 832-001. Before removing the modem mo dule, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. TV tuner module (see âTV tuner moduleâ on page 4-12 ) Description Spare part number Modem module for use in all countries and regions except Australia and New Zealand 5 10100-001 For use only in Australia and New Zealand 510100-011
4â3 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures f. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Remove the modem mod ule: 1. Disconnect the modem module cable 1 from the modem module. 2. Remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws 2 that secure the modem modu le to the system board. 3. Lift the modem module 3 straight up to disconnect it from the system board. Reverse this procedure to install the modem module. Audio/infr ared board Before removing the audio/infra red board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Description Spare part number Audio/infrared board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 512836-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 5 Remove the audio/infrared b oard: 1. Disconnect the audio/infrared board cable 1 from the LIF connector on the system board. 2. Remove the one Ph illips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw 2 . 3. Release the clip 3 built into the base enclosure th at secures the audio/infrared board. 4. Lift the audio/infrared board 4 straight up to remove it from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to inst all the audio/infrared board. USB boar d Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Speaker assembly (see âSpeaker assemblyâ on page 4-23 ) e. Display assembly (see âD isplay assemblyâ on page 4-24 ) f. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Description Spare part number USB board for use in computers with di screte graphics subsystems (includ es cable) 516855-001
4â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect the USB board cable 1 from the LIF connector on the system board. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 2 that secures the USB board to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the USB board 3 from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the USB board. P o wer connec tor cable Before removing the power connec tor cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ). f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the power connector cable: Description Spare part number Power connector cable 533465-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 7 1. Remove the power connector cable 1 from the clips and routing channe l built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 2 that secures the power connector and bracket to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the power connector brack e t 3 by pulling it straight up 4 . Reverse this procedure to inst all the power connector cable. Sys t e m b o a r d â The system board spare part kit incl udes replacement thermal material. Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following additional comp onents are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â TV tuner module (see âTV tuner moduleâ on page 4-12 ) â RTC battery (see âRTC batteryâ on page 4-13 ) Description Spare part number System board with discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1 GB of dedicated me mory 574902-001
4â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures â Memory module (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ) â WLAN module (see âWLAN moduleâ on page 4-16 ) â Modem module (see âModem moduleâ on page 4-33 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see âFan/heat sink assemblyâ on page 4-40 ) â Processor (see âProcessorâ on page 4-42 ) Remove the system boa rd: 1. Disconnect the modem module cable 1 from the modem module. 2. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: 2 Audio/infrared board cab le â The audio/infrared boa rd cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. 3 USB board cable â The USB board cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. 4 Power connector cable â The power connector cable splits into two cables near the system board. One cable plugs into a connector on the top of the system board. The other cable plugs in to a connector on the bo ttom of the system board.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 9 3. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 1 that secures the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Lift up on the right side of the system boar d until it is at approximately a 45-degree angle 2 . 5. Remove the system b oard by sliding it to the right out of the base enclosure 3 . Reverse this procedure to install the system board. Modem module cable â The modem module cable is available in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512832 -001. The modem modu le cable includes the RJ-11 jack. Before removing the modem module cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ). f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the modem module cable: 1. Release the cable from the clips 1 built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the RJ-11 jack 2 from the clip built into the base enclosure. 3. Remove the cable assembly from the base enclosure 3 .
4â40 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Reverse this procedure to install the modem module cable. Fa n/heat sink assembly â The fan/heat sink assembly spare kit in cludes replacement therma l material. â To properly ventilate the computer, allo w at least a 7.6-cm (3-inc h) clearance on the right side and rear panel of the computer. The computer uses an el ectric fan for ventilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically when high te mperature conditions exist. Th ese conditions are affected by high external temperatures, system power consumption, power management/battery co nservation configurations, battery fast charging, and software requirements. Exhaus t air is displaced th rough the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer. Before removing the heat sink, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: Description Spare part number For use only with computer models equipped wit h graphics subsystems with discrete memory 579158-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â4 1 1. Turn the system board upsid e down, with the expansion port and external mo nitor port toward you. 2. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the sy stem board. 3. Loosen the seven Phillips captive screws 2 through 8 that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. 4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly 9 . â Due to the adhesive quality of the th ermal material located between the fa n/heat sink assembly and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat si nk assembly from side to side to detach the assembly. â The thermal material must be thorough ly cleaned from the surfaces of the fa n/heat sink assembly and the system board each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. The numbers on the drawing identify the section of the heat sink assembly that services its correcsponding compone nts on the system board. Thermal pa ste is used on the processorâs power c hoke and transistor 1 , the proces sor 2 , the PCH 3 , the graphics processing unit (GPU) 4 , and the video random access memory (VRAM) 5 and 6 . Thermal pads are used on all of the corresponding components on the fan/heat sink assembly. Replacement thermal material is included with all fan/heat sink assembly, system board, and processor spare part kits. Reverse this procedure to install the fan/heat sink assembly.
4â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Process or â The processor spare part kit includ es replacement thermal material. Before removing the processor, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ) 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) h. Fan/heat sink assembly (see âFan/heat sink assemblyâ on page 4- 40 ) Remove the processor: 1. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to turn the processor locking screw 1 one-half turn counterclockwise until you hear a click. 2. Lift the processor 2 straight up and rem ove it. â When you install the processor, the gold triangle 3 on the processor must be aligned with the triangle icon 4 embossed on the processor socket. Description Spare part number Intel® Core⢠2 Quad processors (12-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB) i7-820-QM, 1.73 GHz, SC turbo u p to 3.06 GHz 583053-001 i7-720-QM, 1.6 GHz, SC turbo up to 2.8 GHz 586170-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â4 3 Reverse this procedure to install the processor.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 5â1 5 Setup Utility à W ARNI NG: Only auth ori zed t echnic ians trained b y HP must r epair this equipment . All trou bleshooting and repair pr ocedure s are detailed to allo w repair at only the subas sembly or module lev el. Because of the comple xity of the indiv idual boards and subas semblies , do not attem pt to mak e r epair s at the com ponent le v el or modify any printed w iring board . Improper r epai rs can cr eate a safety haz ard. A ny indicati on of component re plac ement or prin ted wiring boar d modificati on may vo id any w arr ant y or e xc hange allow ances. Starting th e Setup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM-based info rmation and customization utility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. â The fingerprint reader (select models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports informa tion about the computer and provides se ttings for startup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: » Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Sta rtup Menu is displayed, press f10 . Using the Setup Utilit y Changing the languag e of the Setup Utilit y The following procedure explains how to change the language of t he Se tup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is alr eady running, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then press enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displayed, press enter .
5â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Setup Utility 5. To save your change and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immediately. Nav igating and sel ecting in t he Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Window s based, it does not suppor t the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow keys. â To choose an item in a list or to toggle a field, for exam ple an Enable/Disable field, use either the arrow keys or f5 or f6. â To select an item, press enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . To display additional navigation an d selection information while th e Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displa ying s ystem inf ormation The following procedure explains how to displ ay system in formation in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key from Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the computer is di splayed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Restor ing default settings in th e Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Utility defau lt settings. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is alread y running, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Set up Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter .
Setup Utilit y Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 5â3 The Setup Utility default settin gs go into effect when the computer restarts. â Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you restore the factory default settings. Ex iting the Setup Utilit y You can exit the Setup Utility w ith or without saving changes. â To exit the Setup Utility and save yo ur changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu displa y. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu displa y. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the comp uter restarts in Window s. Setup Utility m enus The menu tables in this section provide an overview of Setup Utility options. â Some of the Setup Utility menu ite ms listed in this chapter may not be supported by your computer. Mai n men u Security m enu S ystem Conf iguration menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the processor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard controller ve rsion (sel ect models only). Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an a dministrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on passwo rd. Select To do this Language Support Chan ge the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disa ble the capacitive button tapping sound. Virtualization Tech nology Enable/disable th e processor Virtualization Techno logy. Processor C6 State (select models only) E nable/disab le the processor C6 sleep state.
5â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Setup Utility Diagnostics m enu LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable L AN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power wh en the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Powe r Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan wi ll always be on. Boot Options Set the following boo t options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.)âSet the de lay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM bootâEnable/disabl e boot from CD-R OM. â Floppy bootâEnable/disable boo t from diskette. â Internal Network Adapter bootâEnab le/d isable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot OrderâSet the boot order for: â USB Floppy â Internal CD/DVD ROM drive â Hard drive â USB Diskette on Key â USB Hard drive â Network adapter Select To do this Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehen sive self-test on the hard drive. â On models with two hard drives, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Se lf Test . Secondary Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagnostic test on the system memory.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â1 6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensio ns Width 37.85 cm 14.90 in Depth 25.80 cm 10.16 in Height (front to back) 3.50 to 4.40 cm 1.38 to 1.73 in Weight Equipped with optical drive, hard dr ive, and battery 3.14 kg 6.93 lbs Camera adds 0.009 kg 0.02 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 3 5°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,19 2 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plasti c surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temp eratures.
6â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s 15 .6 -inc h, HD BrightV iew displa y spec ifications Metric U. S. Dimensio ns Height 21.0 cm 8.3 in Width 35.9 cm 14.1 in Diagonal 39.5 cm 15.6 in Number of colors Up to 262,000 Contrast ratio 500:1 (typical) Brightness 220 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.255 à 0.255 mm Format 1366 à 768 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character di splay 80 à 25 Total power c onsumption 6.5 W Viewing angle ±45° horizontal, ±15° upper vertical , ±35° lower vertical (typical)
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â3 Hard dr iv e spec ifications 500-GB* 320-GB* 250-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9 .5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA Transf er rate 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA secu rity ATA security Seek times (typical read, includi ng setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks 1,048,576,000 625,142 ,448 488,397 ,168 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive stor ag e capacity. Actual accessi ble capacity is less. Actual drive specificatio ns may differ slightly. â Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details.
6â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s Blu-ra y ROM D VD ±R / RW SuperMulti DL Dri ve specification Applicable disc Read: Write: BD-ROM, BD-ROM-DL, BD-R, BD-R-DL, BD-RE, BD-RE-DL, DVD-ROM, DVD R, DVD R-DL, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R-DL, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM (Ver.2), CD-DA, CD-ROM (Mode 1 and mode 2), CD-ROM XA (Mode 2, form 1 and form 2), Photo CD (Single and multiple sessions), CD Extra, CD-R, CD-RW, and CD-TEXT DVD-RAM (Ver.2), DVD R, DVD-R, CD-R, and C D-RW Access time BD DVD Random < 230 ms < 180 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â5 D V D±R W and CD-RW SuperMulti Double -La yer Combo Dr iv e specifications S ystem DMA specifications Applicable dis c Read: Write: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CDTEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo- CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CDR, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Full stroke < 285 ms < 335 ms Cache buffe r 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory access controller DMA5* Availabl e for ExpressCard DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *ExpressCard controller can use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
6â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s S ystem interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural Ke yboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 828 01DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Controller IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio possible configu rat ions are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10 , or none. â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4 , IRQ5, IRQ7, I RQ9, IRQ10, IR Q1 1, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4.
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â7 S ystem I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configuration) 000 - 01F DMA controller channel 0-3 CF7 PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 020 - 021 Program interrupt controller (Master controller) 024 - 025 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 028 - 029 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 02C - 03D Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 02E - 02F Motherboard resource (LPC controller) 030 - 031 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 034 - 035 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 038 - 039 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 03C- 03D Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 040 - 043 System Timer 04E-04F Motherboard resource (LPC controller) 050-053 System Timer 060 EC 061 LPC 062 EC 063 LPC 064 EC 065 LPC 066 EC 067 LPC 070 Motherboard re sources 070-077 System CMOS/real time clock 080 Motherboard re sources 081-091 DMA controller channel 2 092 LPC 0A0-0A1 Program interrupt c ontroller (Slave controller) 0A4-0A5 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0A8-0A9 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0AC-0AD Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B0-0B1 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B2-0B3 LPC 0B4- 0B5 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B8-0B9 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0BC- 0BD Program interrupt controller (Aliases) (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s 0C0-0DF Direct memory access controller channel 4-7 F0 Numeric data processor 380-383 ENE CIR Receiver 384-38E EC 3B0-3BB VGA 3C0-3DF VGA 400-47F LPC 4D0-4D1 Programmable interrupt controller 500-53F LPC 600-60F LPC 610 LPC 800-80F LPC 810-817 LPC 820-823 LPC D00-FFFF PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 164E-164F LPC 2000-20FF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 6 (B0/D28/F5) 3000-3FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 5 (B0/D28/F4) 4000-4FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 4 (B0/D28/F3) 5000-50FF Realtek RTL8168C/8111C PCI-E Gigabit Eth ernet NIC (B3/D0/F0) 6000-6FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 1 (B0/D28/F0) 7000-70FF VGA 7000-7FFF PCI-E Root Port (B0/D1/F0) 8000-801F SMBus Controller 8020-803F SATA AHCI controller - 2929 8040-805F USB UHCI controller - 2939 8060-807F USB UHCI controller - 2936 8080-809F USB UHCI controller - 2935 80A0-80BF USB UHCI controller - 2934 80C0-80DF USB UHCI controlle r - 3938 80E0-80FF USB UHCI controller - 2937 8100-8117 SATA AHCI controller - 292 9 I/O address (hex) System function (shi pping configuration)
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â9 S ystem memor y map spec ifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFF F System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFF FF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFF FF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFF EFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FF FFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 7 Sc r ew listing This section provides specification and reference information for the screws us ed in the computer. Some screws listed in this section are av ailable in the Screw Kit, spare part numb er 516498-001. Phillips P M2. 0Ã3. 0 blac k sc r e w Where used: 2 screws that secure the mounting bracket to the hard drive Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 9 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm
7â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: One screw tha t secures the WLAN to the system board Where used: One screw tha t secures the TV tuner to the system board
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â3 Where used: One screw tha t secures the Bluetooth module to the top cover Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hinge to the display panel
7â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2. 0Ã3 .0 silv er scre w Where used: 3 screws that se cure the keyboard to the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â5 Phillips P M2.5Ã3 . 0 sc re w U Where used: 2 screws that se cure the modem to the system board Where used: One screw tha t secures the audio/in frared board to the system board Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 3 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã4. 0 sc r e w Where used: One screw tha t secures the top cover to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the top cover to the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 13 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â7 Where used: 4 screws that secure s the speaker assembly to the computer Where used: One screw tha t secures the power button board to the switch cover
7â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 3 screws, located inside the battery bay, that secure the switch cover to the computer
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â9 Phillips P M2.5Ã5 .0 scre w Where used: 8 screws that secure the displa y panel to the di splay enclosure Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã6 .5 sc re w Where used: One screw tha t secures the op tical drive to the computer Where used: 9 screws that secure the top co ver to the bottom of the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 26 6.5 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 1 Where used: One screw tha t secures the USB connector to the base enclosure Where used: One screw tha t secures the power connec tor and bracket to the base enclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the switch cover to the computer
7â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 3 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer Where used: One screw tha t secures the system board to the base enclosure Where used: 4 screws that se cure the disp lay assembly to the computer
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 3 Where used: 2 screws that se cure the hinge bracket to the display
7â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M3. 0Ã3. 5 sc re w Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard drive brackets to the rail Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 3.5 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 5 Phillips P M2.5x5 .5 captiv e sc re w Where used: 2 captive screws that secure the hard drive cover to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 6 5.5 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 4 captive screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the system board (screws are secured by C-clips)
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 7 Phillips P M2.5Ã7 .0 scre w Where used: One screw tha t secures the top cover to the comput er as well as the speaker to the system board Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 1 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã14. 0 captiv e screw Where used: 3 captive screws that secure the memory module compartment cove r to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 6 14.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 9 Where used: 3 captive screws that secure the fan/hea t sink to the system board (screws are secured by C-clips)
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 8â1 8 Back up and R eco v ery Rec overi n g syst em i nfo rm a ti o n Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. HP recommends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regu lar basi s to maintain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the operating system and Recovery Ma nager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information an d restoring it in case of a system failure: â Creating a set of recovery discs (Recovery Mana ger soft ware feature). Recovery di scs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and software progra ms to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regularly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating system fe ature). System restore points allow yo u to reverse undesirable changes to your computer by restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or driver (Recovery Manager so ftware feature). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full syst em recovery. â Performing a full system recovery (R ecovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you experience syst em failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partition (selec t models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. â Computers with a solid-state drive (SSD) may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To check for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start , right-click Computer , click Manage , and then click Disk Management . If the partition is present, an HP Recovery drive is listed in the window. Creating r eco very disc s HP recommends that you create recovery discs to be sure that you can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience serious system failure or instability. Create these disc s after setting up the computer for the first time. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe plac e. The software allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need high-quality DVD-R, DVD R, BD-R (wr itable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All these discs are purchased separately. DVDs and BDs have a much higher capacity tha n CD s. If you use CDs, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs or BDs are required. â Read-write discs, such as CD-RW, DVD±RW, double-layer discs, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery dis cs can be created per computer. â Number each disc before inser ting it into the optical drive.
8â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Back up and Reco very â If necessary, you can exit the program before you have fini shed creating the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Disc Creation . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Backing up your inf ormation As you add new software and da ta files, you should back up yo ur system on a regular basis to m aintain a reasonably current backup . Back up your system at the following times: â At regularly scheduled times â Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify hardware or software Note the following when backing up: â Create system restore points using the Windows® System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to disc. â Store personal files in the Documents library and back up this folder periodically. â Back up templates stored in their associated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, toolbar, or menu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the screen and paste it into a wo rd-processing document, follow these steps: a. Display the screen. b. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc. c. Open a w ord-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . d. Save the docum ent. â You can back up your info rmation to an optional external hard driv e, a network drive, or discs. â When backing up to d iscs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): CD-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD-R, or DVD ± RW. The discs you use will depend on the ty pe of optical drive installed in your computer. â DVDs store more information than CDs, so using th em for backup reduces the nu mber of recovery discs required. â When backing up to discs, number each disc before inserting it into the optic al drive of the computer. Using Windo ws Backup and R estore To create a backup using Windows Ba ckup and Restore, follow these steps: â Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you start the backup process.
Back up and Reco very Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 8â3 â The backup process ma y take over an hour, depe nd ing on the file size and the speed of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenance > Backup and Restore . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up and create a backup. â Windows ® includes the User Account Contro l feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing so ftware, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help an d Support for more information. Using s ystem r estore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system r estore point. A system restor e point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes made to yo ur system. â Recovering to an earlier restore poin t does not affect data files saved or e-mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to provide increased protection for your system files and settings. When to create restor e points â Before you add or extensively modify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the sy stem is performing optimally â If you revert to a restore point and then chan ge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a s ystem rest ore point 1. Click Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Under Protection Settings , select the disk for which you want to create a restore point. 5. Click Create . 6. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restor e to a pre vious date and time To revert to a restore point (created at a previous da te and time), when the computer was fu nctioning opt imally, follow these steps: 1. Click Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Click System Restore . 5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
8â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Back up and Reco very Pe r f o r m i n g a r e c o v e r y â You can recover only files that you have previously backed up. HP recommends that you use HP Recovery Manager to create a set of recovery discs (an entire drive ba ckup) as soon as you set up you r computer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experienc e system failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from recovery discs or from a dedi cated recovery par tition (select models only) on the hard drive. However, if your computer incl udes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case, recovery discs have been in cluded with your computer. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. â Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as Syst em Restore. If you have not already tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. Recovery Manager recovers only softwa re that was preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be downloaded from th e manufacturer's Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Reco vering fr om the reco ver y discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the first recovery disc into th e optical drive and restart the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Rec overin g f rom th e d ed ic at ed rec ove r y partition (sel ec t models only) â Computers with an SSD may not have a recovery partitio n. If the computer does not have a recovery partition, you will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a recovery from the partit ion on the hard drive, accessed by pressing either the Start button or f11 . This restores the computer to its factory condition. To restore the system from th e partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recove ry Manager > Recovery Manager . âorâ â Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed on the bottom of the screen. Then, Press f11 while the âPress <F11> for recoveryâ message is displayed on the screen. â 2. Click System Recovery in the Recovery Manager windo w. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â1 9 Connec tor pin assignments 13 9 4 Audio-in (mic roph one) Pin Signal 1 Power 2 Ground 3 TPB- 4T P B 5T P A - 6T P A Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground
9â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channe l 3 Ground
Connec tor pin assignments Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â3 External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertic al sync 15 DDC 2B clock
9â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments HDM I Pin Signal 1 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 2 2 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 2 shield 3 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data 2- 4 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 5 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 shield 6 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 shield 7 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 0 8 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 0 shield 9 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data 0- 10 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) Clock 11 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data clock shield 12 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data clock- 13 Consumer electronics control (CEC) 14 Not connected 15 Display data channel (DDC) clock 16 Display data channel (DDC) data 17 Ground 18 5V Power 19 Hot plug detect
Connec tor pin assignments Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â5 RJ-11 (modem) RJ- 45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8 Unused
9â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments Univ ersal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 10 â 1 10 P o wer cor d set requir em ents The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line voltag e from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set included with the computer meets th e requirements for use in the country or reg ion where the equipment is purcha sed. Power cord sets for use in other countr ies and regions must meet the requirem ents of the country or region wher e the compute r is used. Requir em ents for all countr ies and regions The requirements listed below are applicable to a ll countries and regions: â The length of the power cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets must be approved by an accepta ble accr edited agency respon sible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set will be used. â The power cord sets must have a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the appliance inlet on the back of the computer.
10 â 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide P owe r c o rd se t re qu i re me n t s Requir em ents for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredite d agency Accredited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark D EMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republ ic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5 VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certificati on mark of the agency responsible for evaluati on in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexibl e cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conducto r. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NE MA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appli ance coupler, flexibl e cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registratio n number in accordance with the Japan ese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-condu ctor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industri al Stan dard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-cond uctor, 0.75-mm² co nductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it wil l be used. 5. The flexibl e cord must be Type VCTF, 3- conductor, 0.75-mm² condu ctor size. Power co rd set fittings (appliance coupler and wal l plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it wil l be used.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 1 11 Recycl in g Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in yo ur area for computer battery disposal. Displa y à W ARNI NG: The bac k light con tains merc ur y . Exerc ise caution when r emov ing and handling the backligh t to av oid damaging this component and cau sing exposur e to the mer cury . à CAUT I ON: The pr ocedures in this chapter can result in damage to display components . The only compo nents intended f or re cy cling purposes ar e the liquid crystal displa y (L CD) panel and the backlight . When you r emove these components, handle them car efully . â Materials Disposal. Thi s HP product contains mercury in the backlight i n the display assembly that might require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be re gulated because of environm ental considerations. For disposal or recy cling information, contact your local authorities, or see the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for th e display assembly. The di splay assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight 1 and the liquid crystal displ a y (LCD) panel 2 . â The procedures provided in this chapter are general di sassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to another.
11 â 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g Perform the following steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers 1 and screws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel 3 .
Rec ycli n g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 3 4. Disconnect all display panel cables 1 from the display inverter and remove the inverter 2 . 5. Remove all screws 1 that secure the display panel ass embly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assembly 2 from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the display panel frame to the display pane l.
11 â 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the sides of the disp lay panel to the display panel frame. 10. Remove the display panel frame 2 from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws 1 that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover 2 and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the d isplay panel right-side up. 15. Remove the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the display panel.
Rec ycli n g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 5 16. Turn th e display panel ups ide down. 17. Remove the backlight frame from the display panel. Ã W ARNI NG: The bac k light con tains merc ur y . Exerc ise caution when r emov ing and handling the backligh t to av oid damaging this component and cau sing exposur e to the mer cury . 18. Remove the backlight from the backlight frame.
11 â 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g 19. Disconnect the display panel cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LC D panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD pa nel and backlight.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ1 Inde x 1394 pin assignments 9â1 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â14 administrator password 5â3 antenna components 1â2 spare part number 3â3 audio board, spare part number 3â5 audio, product description 1â2 audio/infrared bo ard removal 4â35 spare part number 4â34 audio-in jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1, 9â3 audio-out jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1, 9â2 B backing up 8â1, 8â 2 backup customized window, toolba r, and menu bar settings 8â2 hard drive 8â3 personal files 8â2 scheduling 8â2 templates 8â2 backup sug gestions 8â2 base enclosure, spare part number 3â5 battery removal 4â6 spare part number 3â5, 4â6 battery bay 2â9 battery light 2â5 battery release latch 2â9 Bluetooth module removal 4â33 spare part number 3â9, 4â32 Bluetooth module cable removal 4â33 spare part number 3â9 Blu-ray Disc specifications 6â4 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive specifications 6â4 boot options 5â4 boot order 5â4 bottom components 2â9 built-in device modem 4â33 wireless button 2â3 button components 2â3 buttons power 2â3 volume mute 2â3 C Cable Kit, spare part number 3â5 cables, service considerations 4â1 caps lock light 2â5 chipset, product description 1â1 components bottom 2â9 display 2â1 front 2â6 keys 2â4 left-side 2â7 lights 2â5 right-side 2â8 top 2â1 TouchPad 2â2 computer feet locations 4â6 spare part number 4â6 computer specifications 6â1 connectors power 2â8 service cons iderations 4â1 creating recovery discs 8â1 creating recovery points 8â3 D Diagnostics menu 5â4 Digital Media Slot 2â7 display assembly removal 4â24 spare part number 4â24 display bezel, spare part number 3â9
Index â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Index display components 2â1 display enclosure, spare part number 3â10 display hinge covers, spare part number 3â3 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 3â9 display inverter, spare part number 3â10 display nameplate, spare part number 3â3 display panel 3â9 display panel cable, disconn ecting 4â24 display panel, spare part number 3â9 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 3â10 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 3â10 display specifications 6â2 drive light 2â6 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive specifications 6â5 E electrostatic discharge 4â2 esc key 2â4 Ethernet, product description 1â2 ExpressCard module, spare part number 3â9 ExpressCard port bezel, spare part number 3â5 ExpressCard slot 2â7 external media cards, product description 1â3 external monitor port location 2â7 pin assignments 9â3 F f11 recovery 8â4 factory state, recovering to 8â1 fn key 2â4 front components 2â6 full system recovery 8â1 function keys 2â4 G grounding eq uipment and methods 4â2 H hard drive illustrated 3â11 precautions 4â2 product description 1â2 removal 4â14 spare part numbers 3â8, 4â14 hard drive backup 8â3 hard drive bay 2â9 hard drive bracket, removal 4â15 Hard Drive Hardware K it, spare part number 3â9 hard drive port bezel cover, spare part number 3â5, 3â12 HDMI port assignments 9â4 illustrated 2â7 headphone jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â2 heat sink removal 4â40 spare part number 4â40 I I/O address specifications 6â7 interrupt specifications 6â6 J jacks audio-in 2â6 audio-out 2â6 headphone 2â6 microphone 2â6 modem 2â8 network 2â7 RJ-11 2â8 RJ-45 2â7 K key components 2â4 keyboard product description 1â3 removal 4â19 spare part numbers 3â3, 4â18 keys esc 2â4 fn 2â4 function 2â4 keypad 2â4 Windows applications 2â4 Windows logo 2â4 L LAN Power Saving 5â4 language, changing in Setup Utility 5â1 LED cable, spare part number 3â9 left-side components 2â7 light components 2â5 lights battery 2â5 caps lock 2â5 drive 2â6 power 2â5 volume down 2â5 volume mute 2â5 volume up 2â5 webcam 2â1 lower trim cover, spare part number 3â10
Index Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ3 M Main menu 5â3 mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â11 memory map specifications 6â9 memory module product description 1â2 removal 4â10 spare part numbers 3â6, 4â10 memory module compartment cover, spare part number 3â5 microphone location 2â1 product description 1â2 microphone jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1 model name 3â1, 4â5 modem jack location 2â8 pin assignments 9â5 modem module product description 1â2 removal 4â34 spare part number 3â6 , 4â33 modem module cable removal 4â39 modem module cable, spare part number 3â5 monitor port location 2â7 pin assignments 9â3 N network jack location 2â7 pin assignments 9â5 O operating system, product description 1â4 optical drive illustrated 3â11 location 2â8 precautions 4â2 product description 1â2 removal 4â9 spare part numbers 3â6, 4â9 optical drive bracket, removal 4â9 P packing guidelines 4â3 panels, pr oduct description 1â2 performing a sy stem re covery 8â4 pin assignments 1394 9â1 audio-in 9â1 audio-out 9â2 HDMI 9â4 headphone 9â2 microphone 9â1 modem 9â5 monitor port 9â3 network 9â5 RJ-11 9â5 RJ-45 9â5 USB 9â6 plastic parts 4â1 Plastics Kit, spare part number 3â5, 3â12 ports external monitor 2â7 HDMI 2â7 product description 1â3 USB 2â7, 2â8 power button 2â3 power button board removal 4â23 spare part number 4â22 spare part numbers 3â3 power connector 2â8 power connector cable removal 4â36 spare part number 3â5, 4â36 power cord set requirements 10â1 spare part numbers 3â14, 3â15 power light 2â5 power requirements, product description 1â3 processor removal 4â42 spare part number 3â5 spare part numbers 4â42 product description audio 1â2 chipset 1â1 ethernet 1â2 external media cards 1â3 graphics 1â1 hard drives 1â2 keyboard 1â3 memory module 1â2 microphone 1â2 modem module 1â2 operating system 1â4 optical drives 1â2 panels 1â2 ports 1â3 power requirements 1â3 processors 1â1 product name 1â1
Index â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Index security 1â3 serviceability 1â4 TV tuner 1â3 webcam 1â2 wireless 1â2 product name 1â1, 3â1, 4â5 R recovery from the dedicated r ecovery partit ion 8â4 from the recovery discs 8â4 procedure 8â4 program or driver 8â1 recovery discs 8â4 recovery partition 8â4 recycling battery 11â1 display 11â1 remote controls, spare part number 3â14 removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 4â5 restore points 8â3 restoring factory settings 5â2 right-side components 2â8 RJ-11 (modem) jack location 2â8 pin assignments 9â5 RJ-45 (network) jack location 2â7 pin assignments 9â5 RTC battery removal 4â13 spare part number 3â6, 4â13 rubber feet, spare pa rt number 4â6 S scheduling backups 8â2 Screw Kit contents 7â1 spare part number 3â14 screw listing 7â1 security cable s lot 2â8 Security menu Administrator password 5â3 Power-On password 5â3 security, produc t description 1â3 serial number 4â5 service considerations 4â1 service tag 3â1, 4â5 serviceability, product description 1â4 Setup Utility changing the langua ge 5â1 Diagnostics menu 5â4 displaying system information 5â2 exiting 5â3 Main menu 5â3 restoring default settings 5â2 System Configuration menu 5â3 solid-state drive (SSD) 8â1 speaker assembly removal 4â23 spare part number 4â23 speakers, spare part number 3â5 specifications Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 6â4 display 6â2 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 6â5 hard drive 6â3 I/O address 6â7 interrupts 6â6 memory map 6â9 system DMA 6â5 system memory map 6â9 switch cover, spare part numbers 3â3 system backup 8â1 system board removal 4â38 spare part number 3â5, 4â37 System Configuration menu 5â3 system DMA 6â5 system information 5â2, 5â3 system interrupts 6â6 T thermal module, spare part number 3â5, 4â40 tools required 4â1 top cover removal 4â30 spare part number 3â5, 4â30 TouchPad button 2â2 TouchPad scroll zone 2â2 TouchPad, location 2â2 TV tuner cable, spare part number 3â5 TV tuner module removal 4â12 spare part number 4â12 TV tuner, spare part number 3â15 U USB board removal 4â36 spare part number 3â5, 4â35 USB port
Index Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ5 location 2â7 , 2â8 pin assignments 9â6 user replaceable parts 1â4 using system restore points 8â3 V vents 2â9 volume down light 2â5 volume mute button 2â3 volume mute light 2â5 volume up light 2â5 W warranty period 3â1, 4â5 webcam location 2â1 product description 1â2 spare part number 3â9 webcam light 2â1 Windows application key 2â4 Windows logo ke y 2â4 wireless antenna product description 1â2 wireless antenna product description 1â2 wireless button 2â3 wireless, product description 1â2 WLAN module removal 4â18
© Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packar d Development Company, L.P. Bluetooth is a trademark owned by its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Intel and Core are trademar ks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Micr osoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporatio n. SD Logo is a trademark of its proprietor. The information contained herein is subjec t to change without notice. The only warran ties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such pro ducts and services. Nothing here in should be constr ue d as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or edit orial errors or omissions contained herein. First Edition: September 2009 Document Part Number: 575976-001
Safety war ning notice à W ARNI NG: T o reduce the po ssibility of heat-related injur ies or of ov erheating the com puter , do not place the computer dir ectly on y our lap or obstruct the comp uter air vents . Use the computer only on a har d, flat surface . Do not allow ano t her hard surfac e, such as an adj oining optional pr i nter , or a so f t surface , such as pillo ws or rugs or c lothing, to bloc k ai rflo w . Also, do n ot a llo w the A C adapter to contact the skin or a soft surface, suc h as pi llow s or rugs or clothing, dur in g operation . The computer and t he A C adapter comp ly w ith the user-accessible surface temper a tur e limi ts defined b y the International Standar d for Safety of Info rmation T echnolog y Eq uipment (IEC 6 09 50).
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 1 Cont ents Product description External component identification Top components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 Display components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â1 TouchPad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â2 Buttons, speakers, and fingerprint reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â4 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â5 Front components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â6 Left-side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â7 Right-side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â8 Bottom components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2â9 Illustrated parts catalog Service tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â1 Computer major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â2 Display assembly components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â9 BrightView panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â9 Mass storage devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â11 Plastics Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â12 Cable Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â13 Miscellaneous parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â14 Sequential part number listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3â15 Removal and replacement procedures Preliminary replacement requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Service considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â1 Grounding guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â2 Component replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 Service tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â5 Computer feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â6 Webcam/microphone module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â7 Optical drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â9 Memory module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â10 TV tuner module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â12 RTC battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â13 Hard drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â14 WLAN module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â16 Switch cover and keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â18
2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Conte nt s Power button board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â22 Speaker assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â23 Display assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â24 Top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â30 Bluetooth module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â32 Modem module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â33 Audio/infrared board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â34 USB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â35 Power connector cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â36 System board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â37 Modem module cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â39 Fan/heat sink assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â40 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4â42 Setup Utility Starting the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Using the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Changing the language of the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â1 Navigating and selecting in t h e Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Displaying system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Restoring default settings in the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â2 Exiting the Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Setup Utility menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Security menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 System Configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â3 Diagnostics menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5â4 Specifications Computer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â1 15.6-inch, HD BrightView display specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â2 Hard drive specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â3 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â4 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â5 System DMA specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â5 System interrupt specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â6 System I/O address specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â7 System memory map specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6â9 Screw listing Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 black screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â1 Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 s ilver screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â4 Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â5 Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â6 Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â9 Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â10 Phillips PM3.0Ã3.5 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â14 Phillips PM2.5x5.5 captive screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â15 Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â17 Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7â18
Conte nt s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3 Backup and Recovery Recovering system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â1 Creating recovery discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â1 Backing up your information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â2 Using Windows Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â2 Using system restore points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â3 Performing a recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Recovering from the recovery discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Recovering from the d edicated recove ry partition (select mo de ls only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8â4 Connector pin assignments 1394 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â1 Audio-in (microphone). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â1 Audio-out (headphone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â2 External monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â3 HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â4 RJ-11 (modem). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â5 RJ-45 (network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â5 Universal Serial Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9â6 Power cord set requirements Requirements for all countries and regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10â1 Requirements for specific countr ies and regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10â2 Recycling Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11â1 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11â1 Index
Maintenance and Service Gui d eMaintenance and Service Guide 1â1 1 Pr oduc t desc ription Category Description Product Name HP Pavilion dv6 En tertainment PC Processors Intel® CoreT⢠i7 mobile processor : i7-820-QM, 1.73 GHz, SC turbo up to 3.06 GHz i7-720-QM, 1.6 GHz, SC turbo up to 2.8 GHz Chipset Northbridge: Intel PM5 5 (Discrete models) Southbridge: Intel ICH9M Graphics Discrete graphics subsystem memory: â nVidia N10M-GE with 512-MB dedicated memory â nVidia N10P-GE with 1-GB dedicated memory
1â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Produc t descriptio n Panels 15.6-inch, WXGA pan el (1366 à 768) Typical brightness 220 nits Webcam Low profile VGA camera Fixed (no tilt) Activity LED 640 à 480 by 24 frames per second Memory 2 customer-accessible/upgradab le memory module slots Supports dual-channel memo ry PC3, 1066 MHz front side bus (FSB), DDR3 Supports up to 8 GB of system RA M in the following configurations: â 8192-MB total system memory (4096 MB à 2, dual-channel) â 6144-MB total system memory (2048 MB à 1 4096 MB à 1) â 4096-MB total system memory (2048 à 2, dual-channel) â 3072-MB total system memory (2048 à 1024) â 2048-MB total system memory (1024 à 2, dual-channel) â 2048-MB total system memory (2048 à 1) â 1024-MB total system memory (1024 à 1) Hard drives Supports all Serial ATA (SATA) 9.5-mm, 6.35-cm (2.50-inch) hard drives Supports up to 2 hard drives Support for HP Prot ectSmart Hard Dr ive Protecti on Supports the following dr ives: â 500-GB, 7200-rpm â 500-GB, 5400-rpm â 320-GB, 7200-rpm â 320-GB, 5400-rpm â 250-GB, 7200-rpm â 250-GB, 5400-rpm Optical drives Fixed (removal of 1 screw required) 12.7-mm tray load Serial ATA Supports the following dr ives: â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer (DL) Combo Drive with LightScribe â Blu-ray ROM with Li ghtScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMu lti Double-Layer (DL) Drive Microphone 2 omnidirectional microph ones, dual-array with appropriate software (supports beam forming, echo cancellation, and noise su ppression) Audio HD Audio (IDT) Supports Microsoft® Premium Requirements Modem 56K V.92 data/fax modem Supports all worldwide ce rtification requireme nts Ethernet Integrated 10/100/1000 network interf ace card (NIC) (Discrete models) Wireless Integrated wireless local a rea network (WLAN) by way of wireless module: 2 wireless antennas built into display assembly Category Description
Pr oduct des cripti on Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 1â3 Support for the following WLAN formats: â Broadcom 4322 802.11 a/b/g/n WLAN â Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g Half-Mini Card (HMC) WLAN â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/n Half-Mini Card (HMC) WLAN TV Tuner Integrated NTSC/ATSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module with F-PAL jack (select models only) Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tuner module with PAL jack (select models only) Integrated worldwide analog DVB-T TV tu ner module with F-PAL jack (select models only) Integrated DVB-T TV tuner module with PAL jack (select models only) Integrated DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module Support for TV tuner antennas for both D VB-T and NTSC/ATSC (select models only) External media card One ExpressCard 54 slot Digital Media Slot supports Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Memory Stick (MS), Memory Stick Pro (M SP), xD Picture Card (XD) Ports VGA, 15-pin supporting 19 20 x 1200 resolution a t 60Hz VGA, 15-pin supporting 16 00 x 1200 resolution a t 75Hz High-Definition Multimedia Interface ( HDMI) v1.3b supporting 1080p with HDCP key eSATA port combo with fourth USB port Microphone stere o input (audio-in) Two stereo headphone jacks (audio-out) Four USB 2.0 ports IEEE 1394a RJ-11 (modem) RJ-45 (Ethernet, includes link and activity ligh ts) Consumer infrared MCX connector for TV antennas (select models only) 2-pin AC power for 90-W AC adapter Docking Expansion port 3 supports the HP Notebook Expansion Base and HP Notebook QuickDock Keyboard/poi nting devices 16-inch full-size keyboa rd with numeric keypad TouchPad supports 2-way scrolling Taps enabled as default Power requirements 90-W AC adapter with localized cable plug sup port (2-wire plug with gr ound pin, supports 2-pin DC connector) (UMA model s) 3-cell 4.4-Ah 47-Wh Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.55-Ah 55-Wh Li-ion battery 6-cell 2.20-Ah 47-Wh Li-ion battery 12-cell 2.20-Ah 95-Wh Li-ion battery Security Kensington Security Lock Fingerprint reader with Digital Perso na software support Category Descriptio n
1â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Produc t descriptio n Operating system Preinstalled: Windows 7 Serviceability End-user replaceable pa rts: AC adapter Battery (system) Hard drive Memory module MiniCard components Optical drive Category Description
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â1 2 External component identification To p c o m p o n e n t s Displa y compon ents Item Component Description 1 Internal microphones (2) Record sound. 2 Webcam light On: The webcam is in use. 3 Webcam Records audio and video and captures still photograp hs.
2â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication To u c h Pa d Item Component Function 1 TouchPad light â White: TouchPad is e nabled. â Amber: TouchPad is disabled. 2 TouchPad* Moves the pointer and select s or activa tes items on the screen. 3 Left TouchPad button* Functions like th e left button on an external mouse. 4 TouchPad on/off button Enable s/disables the TouchPad. 5 TouchPad scroll zone Scrolls up or down. 6 Right TouchPad button* Functions like the right button on an external mouse. *This table describes factory settings. To vi ew or change device preferences, select Start > Devices and Printer s. Then, right-click the device representing your computer, and select Mouse settings .
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â3 Buttons, speak ers, and fingerprint r e ader . Item Component Description 1 Speakers (2) Produce sound 2 Power button* â When the computer is off, press the button to turn on the computer. â When the computer is on, press the button briefly to initiate Sleep. â When the computer is in the Sleep state, press the butto n briefly to exit Sleep. â When the computer i s in Hibernation, pr ess the button briefly to exit Hibernation. If the computer has stop ped responding and Windows® shutdown procedures are ineffective, press and hold the power button fo r at least 5 seconds to turn off the computer. To learn more about power se ttings, Select Start > Control Panel > System and Security > Power Optio ns . 3 Volume mute button Mutes and restores speaker sound. 4 Volume scroll zone Adjusts speaker volume. Slide yo ur finger to the left to decrease volume and to the right to increase volume. You can also tap the minus (-) sign on the scroll zone to decrease volume, or tap the plus ( ) sign on the scroll zone to increase volume. 5 Wireless butt on Turns the wirele ss feature on or of f, but does not establish a wirele ss connection. â You must set up or access a wireless network to establish a wireless connection. 6 Fingerprint reader (select models only) Allows a fingerprint logo n to Windows, instead of a pa ssword logon. â This table describes factory settings. For information about c hanging factory settings, refe r to the user guides located in Help and Support.
2â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Keys Item Component Function 1 esc key Displays system information when pressed in combination with th e fn key. 2 fn key Executes frequently used system func ti ons when pressed in combination with a function key or the esc key. 3 Windows logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. 4 Windows applications key Displays a shortc ut menu for items beneath the pointer. 5 Integrated numeric keypad keys Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. 6 Function keys Execute frequently u sed system functions whe n pressed in combination with the fn key.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â5 Lights Item Component Description 1 Power lights (2)* â On: The computer i s on. â Blinking: The computer is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. 2 Battery light (beside power connector) â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that is the only available power source has reached a low battery level. When th e battery reaches a critical battery level, the battery light begins blinking rapidl y. â Off: If the computer is pl ugged into an external p ower source: the light is turned off when all batte ries in the computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low ba ttery level. 3 Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or opti cal drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Ha rd Drive Protection has temporarily parked the ha rd drive. 4 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 5 Volume mut e light â White: Computer sound is on. â Amber: Computer sound is off. 6 Volume down light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to decrease speaker volume. 7 Volume scroll zone On: The volume scroll z one is being used to increase speaker volume. 8 Volume up light On: The volume scroll zone is being used to increase speaker volume.
2â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Fr ont components 9 Wireless â Blue: An integrated wireless de vice, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) device and/or a Bluetooth® device, is on. â Amber: All wireless devices a re off. - Num Lock The integrated numeric keyp ad is enabled, or num lock is enabled on a connected optional numeric keyp ad. *The 2 power lights displ ay the same information. The lig ht on the power button is visible only wh en the co mputer is open. The power light on the front of the computer is visi ble whether th e computer is open or closed. Item Component Description Item Component Des cription 1 Power light â On: The computer is on. â Blinking: The comp uter is in the Sleep state. â Off: The computer is off or in Hibernation. 2 Battery light â On: A battery is charging. â Blinking: A battery that i s the only availa ble power source has reached a low battery level. When the battery re aches a critical battery level , the battery light begins blinking rapidl y. â Off: If the computer is plugged into an external power source, the light is turned off when all batteries in t he computer are fully charged. If the computer is not plugged into an external power source, the light stays off until the battery reaches a low battery level. 3 Drive light â Blinking: The hard drive or optical drive is being accessed. â Amber: HP ProtectSmart Hard Drive Protection has temporarily parked the hard drive. 4 Consumer infrared lens Receives a signal from the remote control. 5 Audio-in (microphone) jack Connects an optional computer headset micr ophone, stereo array microphone, or monaura l microphone. 6 Audio-out (headphone) jacks (2) Produce sound when c onnecte d to optiona l powered stereo speakers, headphones, ear buds, a hea dset, or television audio. â This table describes factory settings. For in formation about cha nging factory settings, refer to the user guides located in Help and Support.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â7 Left-side compon ents Item Component Function 1 External monitor port Connects an external VGA monitor or projector. 2 Expansion port 3 Connects the computer to an optional dockin g device or an optional expansion product. â The computer has o nly one expansion port. The term expansion port 3 describes the type of expansion port. 3 RJ-45 (network) jack Conn ects a network cable. 4 HDMI port (select models only) Connects an optional vi deo or aud io device, such as a high-definition television or any comp atible digital or au dio component. 5 eSATA/USB port (select models o nly) Connects an opti onal high-perfo rmance eSATA compo nent, such as an eSATA external hard drive, o r connects an optional USB d evice. â Depending on your computer model, the computer may include a USB port only. 6 USB port Connects an optional USB devi ce. 7 1394 port (select models only) Connects an optional IEEE 1 394 or 1394a device, such as a camcorder. 8 Digital Media Slot activity light On: A digital card is being accessed. 9 Digital Media Slot Supports the following optional digital card formats: â Memory Stick (MS) â Memory Stick Pro (MSP) â MultiMedia Card (MMC) â Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card â xD-Picture Card (XD) - ExpressCard slot Supports optional ExpressCard/54 card s.
2â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide External com ponent identif ication Right-side components Item Component Function 1 Optical drive Reads optical di scs and, on select models, also writes to optical discs. 2 Optical drive light Blinking: The optical drive is being accessed. 3 USB ports (2) Connect optional USB devices. 4 TV antenna/cable jack (select model s only) Connects a TV antenna, a digital cabl e device, or a satellite devi ce that receives standard or high- definition TV broa dcasts. 5 RJ-11 (modem) jack (select models only) Connects a modem cable. 6 Security cable slot Attaches an optio nal security cable to the computer. â The security cable is designed to act as a deterrent, but it may not prevent the computer from being mishandled or stolen. 7 AC adapter light â On: The computer is connected to external power. â Off: The computer is not connected to external power. 8 Power connector Connects an AC adapter.
External com ponent identif ication Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 2â9 Bottom components Item Component Function 1 Hard drive bay Holds the hard drive. 2 Vents (7) Enable airflow to cool internal components. â The computer fan starts up automatically to cool intern al components and prevent overheating. It is normal for the internal fan to cycle on and off during routine operation. 3 Battery bay Holds the battery. 4 Memory module compartment Contains the memory module. Also holds the WLAN module, TV tuner card (select model s only), and the Intel Turbo Memo ry card (select models only). Ã To prevent an unresponsive system, replace the wireless module only with a wireless module authorized for u se in the comp uter by the governmental agency that regulates wi reless d evices in your country or region. If you repla ve the module and th en receive a warning messa ge, remove the module to restore comput er fu nctionality, and then contact technical support through Hep and Support. 5 Battery release latch Releases the battery from the battery bay.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 3 Illustrated parts catalog Ser vice tag When ordering parts or requ esting information, provide the computer serial number an d model number located on the service tag. Component Description 1 Product name This is the product name af fixed to the front of the computer. 2 Serial number (s/n) This is an al phanumeric identifier that is unique to each product. 3 Part numb er/ product number (p/n) This number provid es specific information about the productâs hardware components. Th e part number helps a se rvice technician to determine what components and parts are neede d. 4 Model description This is the alphanumeric identifier used to locate documen ts, drivers, and su pport for the computer. 5 Warran ty period This number describes the dura tion of the wa rranty period for the computer.
3â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Computer major components
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â3 Item Description Spare Part Number (1) 15.6-inch d isplay assembly (includes wireless ante nna transceivers and cables) â See Display assembly components on page 3-9 for more info rmation on display assembly spare part numbers. BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micro phones for use in white computers 538348-001 BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micro phones for use in black computers 538312-001 (2) Power button bo ard (includes cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 512835-001 (3) Switch cover (includes LED board and cable) For use in white computers 571747-001 For use in black computers 571757-001 (4) Keyboard, Moo nlight White, molded keyboard characters ( include s keyboard cable) Belgium 517863-A41 The Czech Republic 517863-221 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 517863-DH1 France 517863-051 Germany 517863-041 Greece 517863-DJ1 Hungary 517863-211 For International use 517863-B31 Israel 517863-BB1 Italy 517863-061 Japan 517863-291 Latin Americ a 517863-161 Portugal 517863-131 Russia 517863-251 Saudi Arabia 517863-171 South Korea 517863-AD1 Spain 517863-071 Taiwan 517863-AB1 Thailand 517863-281 Turkey 517863-141 The United Kingd om 517863-031 The United States 517863-001 Keyboard, Moo nlight White, textured keyboard characters ( includes keyboard cabl e) Saudi Arabia 517864-171 The United States 517864-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard chara cters ( includes keyboard cable) Belgium 570228-A41 The Czech Republic 570228-221
3â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 570228-DH1 France 570228-051 French Canada 570228-121 Germany 5702 28-041 Greece 570228-DJ1 Hungary 570228-211 For International use 570228-B31 Israel 570228-BB1 Italy 5 70228-061 Japan 570228-291 Latin America 570228-161 Portugal 570228-131 Russia 570228-251 Saudi Arabia 5 70228-171 South Korea 5 70228-AD1 Spain 570228-071 Taiwan 570228-AB1 Thailand 570228-281 Turkey 570228-141 The United Kingdom 570228-031 The United States 5702 28-001 Keyboard, Espress o Black, molded keyboard characters ( includes keyboard cable) Belgium 518965-A41 The Czech Repu blic 518965-221 Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden 518965-DH1 France 518965-051 Germany 5189 65-041 Greece 518965-DJ1 Hungary 518965-211 For International use 518965-B31 Israel 518965-BB1 Italy 5 18965-061 Japan 518965-291 Latin America 518965-161 Portugal 518965-131 Russia 518965-251 Saudi Arabia 5 18965-171 South Korea 5 18965-AD1 Spain 518965-071 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â5 Switzerland 518965-111 Taiwan 518965-AB1 Thailand 518965-281 Turkey 518965-141 The United Kingd om 518965-031 The United States 518965-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard chara cters ( includes keyboard cable) for use in the Un ited Stat es 518966-001 (5) Speaker assembly ( incl udes left and right speakers and cabl e) For use in all countries and regions except India 533865-001 For use only in India 571902-001 (6) Top cover (includes speakers, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable, and switch cover) For use only with white computer models not equippe d with a fingerprint reader 518108-001 For use only with black computer models not equipped with a fingerprin t reader 518788-001 For use only with black computer models equipped with a fin gerprint reader 579160-001 (7) System board (includes re placemen t thermal material) With discrete graphics subsystem and 1-GB of dedicated memory 574902-001 (8) Power connec tor cable 533465-001 Cable Kit ( see âCable Kitâ on page 3-12 for more Cable Kit spare part information) 512832-001 (9a) Modem module cable â The modem module cable includ es the RJ-11 jack (9b) TV tuner cable Plastics Kit (see âP lastics Kitâ on pa ge 3-11 for more Plastics Kit spare part information) 579162-001 (10a) ExpressCard port be zel (10b) Memory module comp artment cover (10c) Hard drive port bezel cover (11) Processor (includes replaceme n t thermal material) Intel CoreT i7-820-QM processor 1.73 GHz, SC turbo up to 3.06 GHz 583053-001 Intel CoreT i7-720-QM processor 1.6 GHz, SC turb o up to 2.8 GHz 586170-001 (12) Fan/heat sink assembly (i ncludes replacement thermal materi al) For use only with computer models equipped w ith graphics sub systems with discrete memory 579158-001 (13) Base enclosure (include s rubber feet) 579157-001 Rubber Feet Kit (not illustrate d, includes 4 base enclosure rubbe r feet) 51 6499-001 (14) Audio/infrared board (include s cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 512836-001 (15) USB board (includes cable) For use in computers with discr ete graphics subsystems 516855-001 (16) Battery 12-cell, 95-Wh, 8.8-Ah Li-ion battery 511884-001 Item Description Spare Part Number
3â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 511872-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah L i-ion battery 484170-001 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah L i-ion battery 516915-001 (17) Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-L ayer Combo Drive with L ightScribe 511880-001 â Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMulti Double-L ayer Drive 5118 82-001 (18) TV tuner module â The TV tuner modu le spare part kit do e s not include a TV tu ner module cable . The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512 832-001. DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001 TV tuner external antenna ca ble (not illustrated) With F-PAL jack 482900-001 With PAL jack 482900-002 (19) RTC battery 449729-001 (20) Memory modules, PC3, 1066-MH z FSB â 4096-MB 579156-001 â 2048-MB 579155-001 â 1024-MB 579154-001 (21) Modem module â The modem module spare part kit does n ot include a mod em module cable. The modem mod ule cable is included in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512 832-001. For use in a ll countries and regions except Australia and New Zealand 5101 00-001 For use only in Australia and New Ze aland 510100-011 (22) WLAN module Broadcom 4312 802.1 1b/g WLAN module: â For use in Anti gua and Barbuda, Ba rbados, Be lize, Can ada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-003 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â7 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argenti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas , Bahrain , Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bo livia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burki na Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Co lombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croati a, Cyprus, the Czec h Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia , Fiji , Finland, France, French Guiana , Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibr altar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana , Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Iv ory Coast, Jamaica, Jor dan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvi a, Lebanon, Leso tho, Liberia, Liechte nstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia , Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Ma uritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, th e Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romani a, Russi a, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slo venia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden , S witzerland, Taiwan, T ajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tobago, Tun isia, Turkey, Turk menistan, Tuvalu, Ugand a, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 Broadcom 4322AGN 802.11a/b/g/n WiFi Adapter WLAN modu le: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barba dos, Belize, Canad a, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico , Trinidad and Tobago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518434-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argenti na, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas , Bahrain , Bangladesh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bo livia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burki na Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African R epublic, Chad, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Co lombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croati a, Cyprus, the Czec h Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Domin ica, the Dominican Repub lic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia , Fiji , Finland, France, French Guiana , Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibr altar, Greece, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana , Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Ita ly, the Iv ory Coast, Jamaica, Jor dan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvi a, Lebanon, Leso tho, Liberia, Liechte nstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia , Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Ma uritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru , Nepal, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, th e Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Romani a, Russi a, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Se rbia, the Seychelle s, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slo venia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden , S witzerland, Taiwan, T ajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tong a, Trinidad and Tobago, Tun isia, Turkey, Turk menistan, Tuvalu, Ugand a, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518434-002 Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/n WLAN Half-Mini Card (HMC) Item Description Spare Part Number
3â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog â For use in Andorra, Antigua and Ba rbuda, Argen tina, Au stralia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbados, Belgium, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovi na, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile , the People' s Republic of China, Colo mbia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Ge orgi a, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, the Unite d Arab Emirates , the United Kingdom, Urugua y, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 572507-001 â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g WL AN Half-Mini Card (HMC) â For use in Andorra, Antigua and Ba rbuda, Argen tina, Au stralia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbados, Belgium, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovi na, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile , the People' s Republic of China, Colo mbia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecua dor, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Ge orgi a, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hu ngary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Ta iwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, the Unite d Arab Emirates , the United Kingdom, Urugua y, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietnam 572508-001 (23) Hard drive (includes left and right bracke t rails, connecto r cabl e, Mylar cove r with tab, and 4 rub ber isolators) â 500-GB, 7200-rpm 575402-001 â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 511879-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 511876-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 511877-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 511874-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated: includes left an d right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber iso lators) 483862-001 Bluetooth module (does not iclude cable) (not illustrate d) 537921-001 Bluetooth module cabl e (no t illustrated) 579161-001 ExpressCard mod ule (not illustrated) 464793-002 Item Description Spare Part Number
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â9 Displa y assembly components BrightV iew panel Item Description Spare part number 1 Display be zel 512364-001 2 Display Hinge Kit (include s right and left hinges an d display panel cable) 574556-001 3 Webcam/m icrophone module 571742-001 4 Display pa nel 570095-001 5 Display panel (LED) cable 574554-001 6 Display e nclosure (includes wireless antenna transceive rs and cables and logo LE D board and cable) For use in wh ite computers 570390-001 For use in b lack computers 570391-001 Display in verter (not illustrated) 488317-001 Lower trim co ver (not illustrated) 533464-001 Display Rubber Kit (n ot illustrated, include s display bezel rubber screw covers) 512361-001 Display Sc rew Kit (not illustrated), i ncludes: â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw â Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screw 512362-001
3â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Mas s s to r age de vi ce s Item Description Spare part number 1 Hard drive (includes left and right bra cket rails, connector ca ble, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rub ber isolators): â 500-GB, 7200-rpm 575402-001 â 500-GB, 5400-rpm 511879-001 â 320-GB, 7200-rpm 511876-001 â 320-GB, 5400-rpm 511877-001 â 250-GB, 7200-rpm 511874-001 â 250-GB, 5400-rpm 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (not illustrated, includ es left and right bracket rai ls, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 483862-001 2 Optical drive (includes bezel and bracket) â DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Combo Drive with LightScribe 511880-001 â Blu-ray ROM with LightScribe DVD±R/RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive 511882-001
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 1 P lastic s Kit Item Description Spare part number Plastics Kit 5979162-001 1 ExpressCard door 2 Hard drive port b ezel cover 3 Memory module compartme nt cover
3â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Cable Kit Item Description Spare part number Cable Kit, includes: 512832-001 1 TV tuner cable 2 Modem module cable (include s RJ-11 jack)
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 3 Mis ce ll aneo us part s Description Spare part number AC adapter: 120-W AC adapter 463953-001 Wired headset wit h volume control 371693-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrared transceiver) 430958-001 Power cords: For use in Ar gentina 490371-D01 For use in Australia and N ew Zealand 490371-011 For use in Belgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Repu blic, Finland, France, Germany, Gre ece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherlan ds, northw est Africa, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turkey 490371-021 For use in the Asi a /Pacif ic region, French C anada, Latin America, Thailand, an d the United States 490371-001 For use in Brazi l 490371-201 For use in Denmark 490371-081 For use in In dia 490371-D61 For use in Isra el 490371-BB1 For use in Ita ly 490371-061 For use in Jap an 490371-291 For use in North America 490371-001 For use in the Peopleâs Republic of C hina 490371-AA1 For use in So uth Africa 490371-AR1 For use in South Korea 490371-AD1 For use in Sw itzerland 490371-111 For use in Ta iwan 490371-AB1 For use in the United Kingdom and Singapore 490371-031 Remote controls: Full-function remote con trol 465540-001 Full-function remote con trol with teletext 465541-001 ExpressCard remote 464793-002 Screw Kit, includes: â Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws â Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 516498-001
3â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog Sequential part number listing Spare part number Description 371693-001 Wired headset with volume control 430958-001 Wireless laser mouse (includes infrared transceiver) 449729-001 RTC battery 463953-001 120-W AC adapter 464793-002 ExpressCard module 465540-001 Full-function remote control 465541-001 Full-function remote control with teletext 482899-001 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482899-002 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482899-003 DVB-T TV tuner module â The TV tuner module spare part kit does not include a TV tuner module cab le. The TV tuner module cable is included in the C able Kit, spare part number 512832-001. 482900-001 TV tuner external antenna cable with F-PAL jack 482900-002 TV tuner external antenna cable with PAL jack 483862-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit 484170-001 Battery, 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah Li-ion 488317-001 Display inverter 490371-001 Power cord for use in the Asia/Pacific regi on, French Cana da, Latin America, Thailand, and the United States 490371-011 Power cord for use i n Australia and Ne w Zealand 490371-021 Power cord for use in Be lgium, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Fin land, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, the Netherland s, northwest Africa, Norway, Poland, Po rtugal, Russia, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, and Turke y 490371-031 Power cord for use in the United Kingdom and Hong Kong 490371-061 Power cord for use in Italy 490371-081 Power cord for use in D enmark 490371-111 Power cord for use i n Switzerland 490371-201 Power cord for use in Bra zil 490371-291 Power cord for use in Ja pan 490371-AA1 Power cord for use in the Peopleâs Repub lic of China 490371-AB1 Power cord for use in Taiwan 490371-AD1 Power cord for use i n South Korea 490371-AR1 Power cord for use in So uth Africa 490371-BB1 Power cord for use in Israel 490371-D01 Power cord for use in Argentina
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 5 490371-D61 Power cord for use in India 504593-003 Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN module for use in Antigu a and Barbuda, Barbados, Belize, Canada, the C ayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Ri co, Tr inidad and To bago, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 504593-004 Broadcom 4312 802.11b/g WLAN module fo r use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, An dorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba , Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bang ladesh, Barbad os, Be laru s, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda , Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Fa so, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central African Repu blic, Chad, Chile, the People's Rep ublic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Cost a Rica, Croatia, Cypru s, the Czech Republ ic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Re public , East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estoni a, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gab on, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Gree ce, Grenada, Gua deloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, H onduras, Ho ng Kong, Hungary, Icela nd, India, Ireland, Israe l, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan , Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzstan, La os, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenste in, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedoni a, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands, Marti nique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco , Mozambiq ue, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, th e Netherlands, New Zealan d, Nicaragua, Nige r, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakista n, Palau, Panama, Papua Ne w Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal , the Republic of Moldova, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychel les, Si erra Leone, Singap ore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Ki tts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Surinam e, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, T aiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and T obago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenista n, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ara b Emirates, the United Kingdo m, Uruguay , Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, an d Zimbabwe 510100-001 Modem module for use in all countries and regi ons except Australia and New Zealand â The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem modul e cable. The modem model cable is incl uded in the Cable Kit, spare part numbe r 512832-001. 510110-011 Modem module for use in Australia and New Ze aland â The modem module spare part kit does not include a modem modul e cable. The modem model cable is incl uded in the Cable Kit, spare part numbe r 512832-001. 511872-001 Battery, 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion 511874-001 Hard drive, 250-GB, 720 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511875-001 Hard drive, 250-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511876-001 Hard drive, 320-GB, 720 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511877-001 Hard drive, 320-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511879-001 Hard drive, 500-GB, 540 0-rpm (includes left and right bracket rails, conn ector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 r ubber isolators) 511880-001 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti D ouble-Layer Combo Drive with Ligh tScribe 511882-001 Blu-ray ROM with Li ghtScribe DV D±R/RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Drive 512361-001 Display Rubber Kit 512362-001 Display Screw Kit 512364-001 Display bezel 512832-001 Cable Kit 512835-001 Power bu tton board for use in com puters with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 512836-001 Audio/infrared board for use in compute rs with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 516498-001 Screw Kit 516499-001 Rubber Feet Kit 516855-001 USB board for use in computers with discrete graphics sub systems 516915-001 Battery, 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah Li-ion 517863-001 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-031 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-041 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in ( includes keyb oard cable) 517863-051 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in F rance ( include s keyboard cable) 517863-061 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Italy ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-071 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Sp ain (includes keyboard cable) 517863-131 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Po rtugal ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-141 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in T urkey ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-161 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Lati n America ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-171 Keyboard, Moonlight White, mold ed keyboard characters for use in Saudi Arab ia ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-211 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in H ungary ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-221 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in the Czech Republic ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-251 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Russia ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-281 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in T hailand ( includ es keyboard cable) 517863-291 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Japan ( includes keyboard ca ble) 517863-A41 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for use in Be lgium ( includes keyboard cable) 517863-AB1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Taiwan ( inclu des keyboard cable) 517863-AD1 Keyboard, Moonlight White , molded keyboard characters for use in South Korea (includes keyboard cable) 517863-B31 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keybo ard characters for International use ( include s keyboard cable) 517863-BB1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters for use in Israel ( includes keyb oard cable) 517863-DH1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molde d keyboard characters for use in De nmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden ( includ es keyboard cable) 517863-DJ1 Keyboard, Moonlight White, molded keyboard characters fo r use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 517864-001 Keyboard, Moonlight White, textured keyboa rd characters for use in the United States ( include s keyboard cable) Spare part number Description
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 7 517864-171 Keyboard, Moonlight White, te xtured keyboard characters for use in Saudi Ara bia ( includes keyboard cable) 518108-001 Top cover for use only with white computer models not equipped with a fingerprint reader (includes speaker, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable , and switch cover) 518434-001 Broadcom 4322 AGN 802.11a/b /g/n WLAN module for use in Antigua and Ba rbuda, Belize, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Pue rto Rico, Trinid ad and Toba go, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the United States 518434-002 Broadcom 4322 AGN802.11a/b/g/n WLAN mo dule for use in Afghanistan , Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armeni a, Aruba, Australia, Au stria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belaru s, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Braz il, the British Virgin Islands, Bru nei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Came roon, Cape Verde, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chi le, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Comoro s, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Dji bouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republi c, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eri trea, Estonia, Eth iopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Gui ana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghan a, Gibral tar, Greece, Grenada, G uad eloupe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras , Hong Kong , Hungary, Iceland, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Ki ri bati, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberi a, Liechtenstein, Lithuan ia, Lu xembourg, Macedoni a, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islan ds, Ma rtinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegr o, Morocco, Moza mbique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Antilles, th e Netherla nds, New Zealand, Ni caragua, Nig er, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Ph ilippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Mol dova, Romania, Ru ssia, Rwanda, Sa moa, San Marino, Sao T ome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Sen egal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leo ne, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea , Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerlan d, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo , Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmen istan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the Unite d Arab Emir ates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekista n, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518788-001 Top cover for use only with black computer m odels not equipped with a fingerprint reade r (includes speaker, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable , and switch cover) 518965-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in the United States ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-031 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-041 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Germany ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-051 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in France ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-061 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Italy ( includes keyboa rd cable) 518965-071 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Spain ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-111 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Switzerland ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-131 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Portugal ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-141 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Turkey ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-161 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in Latin America ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-171 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboa rd characters for use in Saudi Arabia ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-211 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard ch aracters for use in Hungary ( includes keyboard cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 518965-221 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in the Czech Repu blic ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-251 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Russia ( inclu des keyboard cable ) 518965-281 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in Thailand ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-291 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Japan ( i ncludes keyboard cable) 518965-A41 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Belgium ( i ncludes keyboard cable) 518965-AB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, m olded keyboard ch aracters for use in Taiwan ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-AD1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characte rs for use in South Korea ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-B31 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for International use ( includes keyboard cable) 518965-BB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard cha racters for use in Israel ( includes keyboa rd cable) 518965-DH1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for us e in Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden ( includ es keyboard cable) 518965-DJ1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, molded keyboard characters for use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 518966-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyb oard characters for use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 533464-001 Lower trim cover 533465-001 Power connector cable 533865-001 Speaker assembly for use in all countries and regions except India (i ncludes left and right sp eakers and cable) 537921-001 Bluetooth module 538312-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with we bcam an d 2 micropho nes for use in b lack computers 538348-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with we bcam an d 2 micropho nes for use in w hite computers 570095-001 Display panel 570228-001 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters fo r use in th e United States ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-031 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in the United Kingdom ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-041 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Ge rmany ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-051 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Fran ce ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-061 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characte rs for use in Italy ( include s keyboard cable) 570228-071 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Spain ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-121 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in French Canada ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-131 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Portugal ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-141 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Turkey ( includes keyboard cable) Spare part number Description
Illustr ated parts catalog Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 3â1 9 570228-161 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keybo ard characters for use in Latin America ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-171 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Saudi Ara bia ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-211 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Hunga ry ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-221 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in the Czech Republic ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-251 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Russi a ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-281 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Thai land ( includes keyb oard cable) 570228-291 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Japan ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-A41 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for use in Belgium ( includes keybo ard cable) 570228-AB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Taiwan ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-AD1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in South Korea ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-B31 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for International use ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-BB1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for use in Israel ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-DH1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textured keyboard characters for us e in Denmark, Finland, No rway, and Sweden ( includes keyboard cable) 570228-DJ1 Keyboard, Espresso Black, textu red keyboard characters for use in Greece ( includes keyboard cable) 570390-001 Display enclosure fo r use in white computer s (includes wireless ante nna transceivers and cable s and LED board and cable) 570391-001 Display enclosure fo r use in black computers (includes wireless antenna transceivers and cables and LED board and cable) 571742-001 Webcam/micropho ne module 571747-001 Switch cover for use i n white computers (includes LED board and cabl e) 571757-001 Switch cover for use i n black computers (includes LED board and cabl e) 571902-001 Speaker assembly for use only in India (includes left and right speakers and cable) Spare part number Descriptio n
3â20 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Illustr ated parts catalog 572507-001 Intel 512AN, 802.11a/g/n W L AN HMC for use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antigua and Barbuda, Argenti na, A rmenia, Aruba, Austral ia, Aust ria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangl adesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Be nin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia , Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the British Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria , Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verde, the Central Afri can Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Co sta Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Repu blic, East Timor, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji , Fi nland, France, French Gu iana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gi braltar, Greece, Grenada, Guadelou pe, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Hon duras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Ir eland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrgyzst an, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenstein , Li thuan ia, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mala ysia, the Maldives, Mali, Malta, the Marshall Islands , Martinique , Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Mona co, Mongolia, M ontenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepa l, the Nether Antilles, the Netherlands , New Zealand, Nicarag ua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Gu inea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Pri ncipe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serb ia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovaki a, Slovenia, the Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Ko rea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St . Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Surina me, Swaziland, Sweden, Switze rland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Tonga, Trini dad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, T urkmenistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Ar ab Emirates, the Un ited Kingdom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu , Venezuela, Vietnam, Yeme n, Za ire, Zambia, and Zimb abwe 572508-001 Intel 512AN, 802.11a/g/n W LAN HMC for use in Russia and Ukraine 574554-001 Display panel ( LED) cable 574556-001 Display Hinge Kit 575402-001 Hard drive, 500-GB, 7200-rpm (includes left a nd right bracket rails, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators) 579154-001 Memory module, 1024-MB 579155-001 Memory module, 2048-MB 579156-001 Memory module, 4096-MB 579157-001 Base enclosure (includ es rubber feet) 579158-001 Fan/heat sink assembly for use only with co mp uter models equipped with graphics subsystems with discrete memory (includes replacement thermal material ) 579160-001 Top cover for use only with black computer models equ ipped with a fingerprint reader (includes speakers, TouchPad and cable, LED board and cabl e, and switch cover) 579161-001 Bluetooth module cable 579162-001 Plastics Kit Spare part number Description
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 4 Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Preliminary replacemen t requir ements To o l s r e q u i r e d You will need the following tools to comple te the removal and re placement procedures: â Flat-bladed screwdriver â Phillips P0 and P1 screwdrivers â Torx T8 screwdriver Ser vice consider ations à CAUT I ON: The f ollow ing sections include so me of the considerati ons that yo u must k eep in mind during disas sembly and assemb ly proce du res. â As you remove each subassembly from the computer, place the subassembly (and all accompanying screws) away from the work area to prevent damage. Pl a s t i c p a r t s à CAUT I ON: Using excessive force during disassembly and reass em bly can damage plastic parts. Use care when handling the plastic parts. Apply pressure only at the points designated in the maintenance instructions. Cables and connec tors à CAUT I ON: When servic ing the computer , be sure that cables are placed in their proper locations during the reas sembly proces s. Improper cable placement can dama ge the comp uter . Cables must be handled with extreme care to avoid damage . Apply only the tension required to unseat or seat the cables during removal and insertion. Handle cables by the connector whenever poss ible. In all cases, a void bending, twisting, or tearing cables. Be sure that cables are routed in such a way that they cannot be caught or snagged by parts being remo ved or replaced. Handle fl ex cables with extreme care ; these cables tear easily.
4â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Dri ve handling à CAUT I ON: Dri ves are f ragile components that m ust be handled w ith care . T o pre vent damage t o the computer , damage to a dri ve , or loss of infor mation, obs er ve thes e precauti ons: â Befor e re mov ing or inserting a har d dri ve , shut dow n the computer . If you ar e unsure w hether th e computer is off or in Hibern ation , turn the compute r on, and then shut it do wn thr ough the operating s ys tem. â Befo r e handli ng a dr iv e, be sur e that you ar e dischar ged of static elec tric ity . While handling a dri ve , av oid touc hing the connector . â Bef or e r emov ing a diskette dr i ve or opti cal dri ve , be sur e that a diskette or disc is not in the dri ve and be sure that the opt ica l dri ve tra y is closed. â Handle dri ves on surfaces co ver ed with at least o n e inch of sh o ck -proof f oam. â A void dr opping dri ves fr om any he ight onto any surf ace . â After r emov ing a hard dr iv e, an optical dr iv e, or a disk ette dri ve, place it in a s tatic -proof bag . â A void e xposi ng a hard dr ive to pr oducts that hav e magnetic fields , such as monitors o r speak ers. â A void exposing a dri ve to temperature e x tremes or liquids. â If a dri ve must be mailed , place the driv e in a bubble pack mail er or other suitable f orm of pr otecti ve pac kaging and label the pack age âFR A GILE . â Grounding guidelines Electrostatic discharge damage Electronic components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Circuitr y design and structure determine the degree of sensitivity. Networks built in to many integrated circuits provid e some protection, but in many cases, ESD contains enough power to alter device parameters or melt silicon junctions. A discharge of static electricity from a finger or other conductor ca n destroy static-sensitive devices or microcircuitry. Even if the spark is neither felt nor hea rd, damage may have occurre d. An electronic device exposed to ESD may not be affected at all and may work perfectly throughout a normal cycle. Or the device may function normally for a while, and then degrade in the internal layers, reducing its life expectancy. à CAUT I ON: T o pre vent damage to the computer w hen you ar e remo ving or installing inter nal components, observe these preca utions: â K eep components in their e lectr ostatic -safe co ntainers until y ou are r eady to install them . â Use nonmag n etic tools . â Befor e touc hing an electr onic component , di sc harge s tatic electr icity by u s ing the guidelines desc ribed in this sectio n. â A void touc hing pins, leads , and cir cuitry . Handle el ectr onic components as l ittle as possible. â If yo u remo ve a component , place it in an electros tatic -safe container .
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 The following table shows how humidity affects the electrostatic voltage le vels generated by different activities. Ã CAUT I ON: A product can be degr aded by as little as 7 00 V . P ac k aging and transporting guidelin es Follow these grounding guid elines when packaging an d transporting equipment: â To avoid hand contact, transport p roducts in static-safe tubes, bags, or boxes. â Protect ESD-sensitive parts and assemblies with cond uctive or ap proved containers or packaging. â Keep ESD-sensitive parts in their containers until the parts arrive at static-f ree workstations. â Place items on a grounded surface before removing items from their containers. â Always be properly grounded when touching a component or assembly. â Store reusable ESD-sensitive parts from assemblies in protective packaging or nonconductive foam. â Use transporters and conveyors made of antistatic be lts and roller bushings. Be sure that mechanized equipment used for mo ving materials is wired to ground and that proper materials are selected to avoid static charging. When gro unding is not possible, use an ionizer to dissipate electric charges. W orkstation guidelines Follow these grounding workstation guidelines: â Cover the workstation with approved static-shielding material. â Use a wrist strap connected to a properly grounded work surface and use properly grounded tools and equipment. â Use conduc tive field servic e tools, such as cutters, screwdriv ers, and vacuums. â When fixtures must directly contact dissipative surfaces, use fixtures ma de only of static-safe materials. â Keep the work area free of nonconductive materials, suc h as ordinary plast ic assembly aids and Styrofoam. â Handle ESD-sensitive components, pa rts, and assemblies by the case or PCM laminate. Handle these items only at static-free workstations. â Avoid contact with pins, leads, or circuitry. â Turn off power and input signals before inserting or remov ing connectors or test equipment. Typical elec trostatic voltage levels Relative h umidity Event 10% 40% 55% Walking across carpet 35,000 V 15,000 V 7,500 V Walking across vinyl floor 12,000 V 5,000 V 3,000 V Motions of bench worker 6,000 V 800 V 400 V Removing DIPS from plastic tube 2,000 V 700 V 400 V Removing DIPS from vinyl tray 11,500 V 4,000 V 2,00 0 V Removing DIPS from Styrofoam 14 ,500 V 5,00 0 V 3,500 V Removing bubble pack from PCB 26,500 V 20 ,000 V 7 ,000 V Packing PCBs in foam-lined box 21,000 V 11,000 V 5,000 V
4â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Equipment guidel ines Grounding equipment must in clude e ither a wrist strap or a foot st rap at a grounded workstation. â When seated, wear a wrist strap connected to a grounded system. Wrist straps are flexible straps with a minimum of one megohm ±10% resistance in the grou nd cords. To provide proper ground, wear a strap snugly against the skin at all times. On grou nded mats with banana-plug connectors, use alligat or clips to connect a wrist strap. â When standing, use foot straps and a g rounded floor mat. Fo ot straps (heel, toe, or boot straps) can be used at standing workstations and are compatible with most types of shoes or boots. On conductive floors o r dissipative floor mats, use fo ot straps on both feet with a minimum of one megohm resistance between the operator and groun d. To be effective, the con d uctive strips must be worn in contact with the skin. The following grounding equipment is reco mmended to p revent el ectrostatic damage: â Antistatic tape â Antistatic smocks, aprons, and sleeve protectors â Conductive bins and other a ssembly or soldering aids â Nonconductive foam â Conductive tabletop worksta tions with ground cords of one megohm resistance â Static-dissipative tables or floor mats with hard ties to the ground â Field service kits â Static awareness labels â Material-handling packages â Nonconductive plastic bags, tubes, or boxes â Metal tote boxes â Electrostatic voltage levels and protective materials The following table lists the shielding protection provided by antistatic bags and floor mats. Material Use Voltag e protectio n level Antistatic plastic Bags 1,50 0 V Carbon-loaded plastic Floor mats 7,500 V Metallized laminate Floor mats 5,000 V
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â5 Component replacement pr ocedures This chapter provides removal and replacement procedures. There are as many as 73 screws including captive screws, in 9 different sizes, that must be re moved, replaced, or loosened when servicing the computer. Make special note of each screw size and loc ation during removal and replacement. Ser vice tag When ordering parts or requ esting information, provi de the computer serial number and model description provided on the service tag. Component Descriptio n 1 Product na me This is the product name affixed to the front of your computer. 2 Serial number (s/n) This is an alphanumeric ide ntifier that is unique to each product. 3 Part number/ product nu mber (p/n) T his number provides specific info rmation abo ut the productâs hardware components. The pa rt number helps a se rvice technician to determine what components and parts are needed. 4 Model description This is the alp hanumeric identifier use d to locate documents, drivers, and support for your computer. 5 Warranty period This number describes the dura tion of the warranty period for this computer.
4â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Computer feet The computer feet are a dhesive-backed rubber pads. The f eet are included in the Rubber Feet Kit, spare part number 516499-001 . There are 4 rubber feet that attach to the base enclos ure in the locations illustrated below. Battery Before disassembling the comp uter, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. Remove the battery: 1. Turn the computer upside down on a flat surface. 2. Slide the battery release latch 1 to release the battery. 3. Pivot the battery 2 upward and remove it 3 from the computer. Description Spare part number 12-cell, 95-Wh, 8.8 Ah Li-ion battery 570228-001 6-cell, 55-Wh, 2.55-Ah Li-ion battery 511872-001 6-cell, 47-Wh, 2.2-Ah L i-ion battery 484170-001 3-cell, 47-Wh, 4.4-Ah L i-ion battery 516915-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â7 To install the battery, insert the rear edge of the battery into the battery bay and pivot the front edge of the battery downward until it is seated. The battery release la tch automatically locks the battery into place. W ebcam/mic rophone module â This section applies only to computer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. If it has been determined that the webcam/microphone module is the comp onent that must be replaced to complete the computer repair, the display assembly does not have to be removed. Fo llow the procedures in this section to replace the webcam/microph one module. For information on re placing the display assembly and other display assembly internal components, see âDisplay assembly â on page 4-24. Before removing the webcam/micro phone module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the webcam/microphone modu le: 1. Turn the computer display- side up, with the front toward you. 2. Open the computer as far as possible. 3. Flex the inside edges of the top edge 1 and the upper left and u pper right corners 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages from the display enclosure. Description Spare part number Webcam/microphone module with cable 571742-001
4â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 4. Release the display bezel top ed ge 3 from the display enclosure. 5. Release the webcam/microphone module 1 from the display enclosure as far as the webcam/microphone module cable allows. 6. Disconnect the webcam/m icrophone module cable 2 from the webcam/microphone module. 7. Remove the webcam/micropho ne module. Reverse this procedure to inst all the webcam/m icroph one module.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â9 Opti cal dr iv e â The optical drive spare part kit includ es an optical driv e bezel and brack et. Before removing the optical drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the optical drive: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 1 that secures the optical drive to the computer. 3. Insert a thin tool, such as a paper c lip, into the disc tray release access hole 2 . (The optical drive disc tray is partially ejected from the optical drive.) 4. Use the disc tray frame to slide the opt ical drive 3 out of the computer. 5. Remove the optical d rive. 6. If it is necessary to replace the opti cal drive bracket, follow these steps: a. Position the optical drive with the optical drive bracket toward you. b. Remove the two Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 scr ews that secure the optical drive bracket to the optical drive. c. Remove the optical drive bracket. Description Spare part number DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-La yer Combo Drive with LightScribe 511880-001 Blu-ray ROM with L ightScribe DVD±R/RW Supe rMulti Double-Layer Dri ve 511882-001
4â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the optical drive. Memor y module Before removing the memory module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the memory mod ule: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Remove the single screw that secures the optical drive to the computer (see âOptical driveâ on p age 4-9 ). 3. Loosen the three Phillips PM2.5Ã14.0 captive screws 1 that secure the memory module compartment cover to the computer . 4. Lift the rear edge 2 of the cover, swing it up and to the front, and remove the cover 3 . The memory module compartment cover is included in the Pl astics Kit, spare part number 579162-001 . Description Spare part number 4096-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579156-001 2048-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579155-001 1024-MB, 1066 MHz DDR-3 DIMM 579154-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 1 5. Spread the retaining tabs 1 on each side of the memory module to release the memory module. (The edge of the module opposite the slot rises aw ay from the computer.) â If necessary, use a non-conductive pointed tool to spread the retaining tabs. 6. Remove the memory mod ule 2 by pulling the module away fr om the slot at an angle. â Memory modules are designed with a notch 3 to prevent incorrect insertion into the memory module slot. Reverse this procedure to inst all a memory module.
4â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures TV tune r module â The TV tuner mo dule spare part kit do es not include a TV tuner module ca ble. The TV tuner module cable is included in the Cable Kit, sp are part number 512 832-001. â The TV tuner externa l antenna cables are avail able using spar e part numbers 4829 00-001 (with F-PAL jack) and 482900-002 (with PAL jack). Before removing the TV tune r module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the memory m odule compartment cover (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ). Remove the TV tuner module: 1. Disconnect the TV tuner module antenna cable 1 from the terminal on the TV tuner module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 2 that secures the TV tuner module to the computer. 3. Lift the edge of the TV tuner modu le 3 , and pull the module away from the slot at an angle. â The TV tuner module is designed with a notch 4 to prevent incorre ct insertion into th e TV tuner module slot . Reverse this procedure to in stall the TV tuner module. Description Spare part number DVB-T TV tuner module 482899-003 DVB-T/ANG TV tuner module 482899-002 ATSC/NTSC/QAM hybrid TV tuner module 482899-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 3 RT C ba t t er y Before removing the RTC battery, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the memory m odule compartment cover (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ). 6. Remove the RTC battery. â Use a non-conductive pointed tool to pry the RTC bat tery from the socket on th e system board. Reverse this procedure to inst all the RTC battery. Be sure that the RTC batte ry is installed with the â â sign facing up. Description Spare part number RTC battery 449729-001
4â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Hard dri ve â The hard drive spare part kit includes left and right br acket rails, a connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber isolators. Before removing the hard drive, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the hard drive: 1. Position the computer with the front toward you. 2. Loosen the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.5 captive screws 1 that secure the hard dr ive port bezel cover to the computer. 3. Lift the right side 2 of the hard drive port bezel cover, swing it up and to the left, and remove the cover 3 . The spare hard drive port bezel cover is in cluded in the Plastics Kit, 579162-001. Description Spare part number 500-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 575402-001 500-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511879-001 320-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 511876-001 320-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511877-001 250-GB, 7200-rpm hard dri ve 511874-001 250-GB, 5400-rpm hard dri ve 511875-001 Hard Drive Hardware Kit (includes left and right bracket ra ils, connector cable, Mylar cover with tab, and 4 rubber iso lators) 483862-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 5 4. Use the Mylar tab 1 to lift the hard drive up, and then slide it to the left 2 to release it from the hard drive bay. 5. Disconnect the hard drive cable 3 from the system board. 6. Remove the hard drive from the hard drive bay. 7. If it is necessary to replace the hard drive bracket or any of the hard drive bracket components, remove the following: a. Hard drive connector cable 1 b. Four rubber isolators 2 c. Four Phillips PM3.0Ã3.5 screws 3 that secure the hard drive bracke t rails and Mylar cover to the hard drive. d. Left and right hard drive brac ket rails with Mylar cover tabs 4 . Reverse this procedure to reassemble and install the hard drive.
4â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures WLAN module Description Spare part number Broadcom 4312 802.11 b/g WLAN module: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Beli ze, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinid ad and Tobago, the U. S. Virgin Isl nds, and the United States 504593-003 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argent ina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglad esh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Bri tish Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, th e Czech Re public, Den mark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuado r, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finl and, France, Frenc h Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grena da, Guadel oupe, Gu atemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice l and, India, Ireland, Israel, Ital y, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Mad agascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Ma lta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Monteneg ro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Ant illes, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ara bia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore , Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkme nistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanu atu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 504593-004 Broadcom 4322 AGN802.11a /b/g/n WiFi Adapter WLAN module: â For use in Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, Beli ze, Canada, the Cayman Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, Trinid ad and Tobago, the U. S. Virgin Isl nds, and the United States 518434-001 â For use in Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angol a, Argent ina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Banglad esh, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, the Bri tish Virgin Islands, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burk ina Faso, Burundi, Cameroon, Cape Verd e, the Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, the People's Repub lic of China, Colombia, Comoros, the Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, th e Czech Re public, Den mark, Djibouti, Dominica, the Dominican Republic, East Timor, Ecuado r, Egypt, El Salvador, Equitorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finl and, France, Frenc h Guiana, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Grena da, Guadel oupe, Gu atemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ice l and, India, Ireland, Israel, Ital y, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Jordan, Kaza khstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kyrg yzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Liechtenst ein, Lith uania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Mad agascar, Malawi, Malaysia, the Maldives, Mali, Ma lta, the Marshall Islands, Martin ique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mexico, Micronesia, Monaco, Mongolia, Monteneg ro, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, the Nether Ant illes, the Netherland s, New Zealand, Nica ragua, Niger, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portug al, the Republic of Moldova, Roman ia, Russia, Rwanda, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Ara bia, Senegal, Serbia, the Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore , Slovakia, Slovenia, the So lomon Islands, Somalia , South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, St. Kitts and Nevi s, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, S witzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanza nia, Togo, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago, Tu nisia, Turkey, Turkme nistan, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the United King dom, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanu atu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zaire, Zambia, and Zimbabwe 518434-002 Intel 512AN 802.11 a/g/ n Half-Mini Card (HMC)
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 7 Before removing the WLAN module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the hard drive (see âH ard driveâ on page 4- 14 ). â For use in An dorra, Antigua an d Barbuda, Arge ntina, Australia, Austria , Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbado s, Belgium, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bra zil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Repub lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Gu atemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland , Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, T aiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trini dad and Tobago, Turkey, the United Arab Em irates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 572507-001 â Intel 512AN 802.11 a/b/g Half-Mini Card (HMC) â For use in An dorra, Antigua an d Barbuda, Arge ntina, Australia, Austria , Azerbaijan, the Bahamas, Bahrain, Barbado s, Belgium, Bolivi a, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bra zil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, the People's Republic of China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Repub lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Gu atemala, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland , Pakistan, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, T aiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Trini dad and Tobago, Turkey, the United Arab Em irates, the United Kingdom, Ur uguay, the United States, Venezuela, and Vietn am 572508-001 Description Spare part number
4â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Remove the WLAN module: Ã CAUT I ON: T o pre vent an unr esponsiv e sy stem, r eplace the wir eless mo dule only w ith a wir eless module author iz ed for use in the compute r by the gov ernmental agenc y that regulates w i r eless dev ices in y our country or regi on. If y ou replace the module and then rece ive a w arning message , remo ve the module to re store computer f unctionality , and then contact technical suppo r t thr ough Help and Support. 1. Disconnect the three WLAN antenna cables 1 from the WLAN module. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.0Ã3.0 screw 2 that secures the WLAN module to the computer. (The edge of the module opposite the slot ri ses away from the computer.) 3. Remove the WLAN module 3 by pulling i t away from the slot at an angle. â WLAN modules are designed with a notch 4 to prevent incorrect insertion into the WLAN module slot. Reverse this procedure to install the WLAN module. â When attaching the WLAN an tenna cables to the module make sure th at the cable tag numbers are matched to the numbers on the module. Cable 1 should be attached to TR1, cabl e 2 to TR2, and cable 3 to TR3. Swi t c h c o ve r a n d keyb o ar d pa Before removing the switch cove r and keyboard, follow these steps : 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. Description: Spare part number Switch cover for use in wh ite computers (includes L ED board and cable) 571747-001 Switch cover for use in bl ack computers (includes LED b oard and cable) 571757-001 â For a detailed list of availa ble keyboards for your country or region, see pages 3-3 thro ugh 3-5.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â1 9 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). Remove the switch co ver and keyboard: 1. Turn the computer upsid e down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the following screws: a. Two Phillips PM2 .5Ã7.0 screws 1 that secure the sw itch cover to the computer b. Three Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws 2 that secure the switch cover to the computer (these are inside the battery bay ) c. Three Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 3 that secure the keyboard to the computer 3. Turn the computer display- side up, with the front toward you, and op en the computer as far as p o ssible. 4. Lift the rear edge of the switch cover until it detaches from the computer.
4â20 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 5. Move the switch cover back so it rests on the display. 6. Remove the three silver Phillip s PM2.0Ã3.0 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 1 7. Lift the rear edge 1 of the keyboard. 8. Slide the keyboard 2 back until the keyboard connector on the system board is accessible. 9. Release the zero insertion force (ZIF) connector 1 to w hich the keyboard ca ble is connected and disconnect the cable 2 from the system board. 10. Remove the keyboard.
4â2 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 11. Disconnect the LED board cable 1 from the low insertion force (LIF ) connector on the system board. 12. Disconnect the power button board cable 2 from the LIF co nnector on th e system b oard. 13. Remove the switch cover. Reverse this procedure to insta ll the switch cover and keyboard. P o wer button board Before removing the power butto n board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Description Spare part number Power button board for use in computers wi th discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 512835-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 3 Remove the power button b o ard: 1. Turn the switch cov e r upside down with the front toward you. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screw 1 that secures the power button board to the switch cover. 3. Remove the power button b oard 2 and cable. Reverse this procedure to in stall the power button board. Speak er assembly â The Speaker assembly kit includes le ft and right speak ers and cable. Before removing the speaker as sembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). 6. Remove the power button b o ard (see âPower button b o ardâ on page 4-22 ) Remove the speak e r assembly. 1. Position the computer with the keyboard facing up its front edge toward you. 2. Disconnect the speaker cable 1 from the system board. 3. Remove the four Phil lips PM2.0x4.0 screws 2 that secure the speaker assembly. 4. Remove the Phillips PM2.5x7.0 screw 3 that secures the center of the speaker assembly. Description Spare part number Speaker assembly for use in all countries and regions except India 533865-001 Speaker assembly for use only in India 571902-001
4â2 4 Maintenance and Service Gui d e Remo val and replacement procedures 5. Remove the speak er assembly 4 . Reverse this procedure to install the speaker assembly. Displa y assembly Before removing the display assembly, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the wireless antenna cables from the WLAN module (see âWLAN mo duleâ on page 4-16 ). 6. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Remove the display assembly: 1. Disconnect the display p a nel cable 1 and the webcam/m icrophone cable 2 from the system board. 2. Remove the WLA N antenna ca bles from the clips 3 built int o the top cover. Description Spare part number 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micropho nes for use in white computers 538348-001 15.6-inch BrightView display assembly with webcam and 2 micropho nes for use in black computers 538312-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 5 Ã CAUT I ON: Support the display as sembly w hen r emov ing the follo wing scr ew s. F ailure to support the display as sembly can re s ult in damage to the display assembly and other computer components. 3. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 1 that secure the display assembly to the computer. 4. Lift the display assembly 2 straight up and remove it. â See âWebcam/microp hone moduleâ on pa ge 4-7 for webcam/microphone module replacement instructions for computer models equipped with BrightView display assemblies. 5. Remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 that secure the display hi nge to the display panel. 6. Remove the display hinge 2 . The display hinge is available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 574556-001.
4â2 6 Maintenance and Service Gui d e Remo val and replacement procedures 7. If it is necessary to replace the display bezel or any of the display assembly internal components, remove the following screw covers and scre ws: Two ru bber screw covers on the display bezel bottom edge 1 . Two Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screws 2 . The display rubber screw covers are incl uded in the Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 512361-001 . 8. Flex the inside edges of the top edge 1 , the left and right sides 2, and the bottom edge 3 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display enclosure. 9. Remove the display bezel 4 . The displa y bezel is available us ing spare part numb er 512364-001.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 7 10. If it is necessary to replace the displa y inverter, release the display inverte r 1 as far from the display enclosure as the display panel cable and backlight cable allow. 11. Disconnect the display panel cable 2 and the backlight cable 3 from the display inverter. 12. Remov e the display inverte r. The display inverter is available using spare part number 488317-00 1.
4â2 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 13. If it is necessary to replace the display pa nel, remove the two Phillips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 1 from the top corners and the six Ph illips PM2.5Ã5.0 screws 2 from the display hinges. 14. Flex the bottom 1 of the display panel and release the displa y hinges. Disconnect the display LED cable 2 from the display pa nel cable. Remove the display panel 3 . The display panel is available using spare part number 570095-001.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â2 9 15. If it is necessary to replace the display hing es, remove the two Phi llips PM2.0Ã3.0 screws 1 that secure each display hinge to the display panel. 16. Remove the display hinges 2 . The display hinges are available in the Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 574556-001. The display hin ge screws are available in the Display Screw Kit, spare part number 51 2362-001. I 17. If it is necessary to remove the display panel cable, remove the adhesive plastic strip 1 from the display panel cable, and disconnect the display panel cable from the top of the display panel 2 . Remove the tape 3 that secures the cable to the display panel. The display panel cable is available using spare part number 574554-001. Reverse this procedure to reassembl e and install the display assembly.
4â30 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures To p c o v e r â The top cover spare parts kit includes the following: speakers , TouchPad and cable, LED board and cable, and switch cover. Before removing the top co ver, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Speaker assembly (see âSpeaker assemblyâ on page 4-23 ) e. Display assembly (see âD isplay assemblyâ on page 4-24 ) Remove the top cover: 1. Turn the computer upsid e down, with the front toward you. 2. Remove the 9 Phillip s 2.5Ã6.5 screws 1 that secure the top cover to the bottom of the computer. 3. Remove the one Ph illips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw 2 that secures the top cover to th e computer. This screw is in the battery bay . Description Spare part number Top cover for use onl y with black co mputer models eq uipped with a fingerprint reader 579160-001 Top cover for use only with black computer mo dels not equipped with a fingerpri nt reader 518788-001 Top cover for use onl y with white co mput er models no t equipped with a fingerprint reader 518108-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 1 4. Turn the computer righ t-side up, with the front toward you. 5. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: a. TouchPad cable 1 â On computer models equipped with a standard display assembly, this cable connects to a ZIF connector on the system board. On computer models equipped with a Fl ush Glass display assembly, th is cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. b. Fingerprint reader board cable 2 â This cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. c. Speake r cable 3 â Step 6 applies only to co mputer models equipped with standard display assemblies. 6. Remove the four Phillips PM2.5Ã4.0 screws that secure the top cover to the computer. 7. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã7.0 screw that secures the top cove r to the computer.
4â3 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures 8. Lift the rear edge 1 of the top cover until it rests at an angle. 9. Remove the top co ver 2 by lifting i t straight up. Reverse this procedure to install the top cover. Bluetooth module â The Bluetooth mo dule spare part kit does not in clude a Bluetooth module cable. The Bluetooth mo dule cable is available using spare pa rt number 579161-001. Before removing the Bluetooth module, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the switch cove r and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ). Description Spare part number Bluetooth module 537921-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â 33 Remove the Bluetooth module: 1. Remove the Phillips PM2.0x3.0 screw 1 that secures the Bluetooth module to the top cover. 2. Release the Bluetooth module 2 as far from the top cover as th e Bluetooth module cable allows. 3. Disconnect the Bluetooth modu le cable 3 from the Bluetooth modu le. 4. Remove the Bluetoo th module. Reverse this procedure to in stall the Bluetooth module. Modem module â The modem mo dule spare part kit does not include a modem module cable. The modem modu le cable is included in the Cable Kit, sp are part number 512 832-001. Before removing the modem mo dule, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. TV tuner module (see âTV tuner moduleâ on page 4-12 ) Description Spare part number Modem module for use in all countries and regions except Australia and New Zealand 5 10100-001 For use only in Australia and New Zealand 510100-011
4â3 4 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures f. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Remove the modem mod ule: 1. Disconnect the modem module cable 1 from the modem module. 2. Remove the two Ph illips PM2.5Ã3.0 screws 2 that secure the modem modu le to the system board. 3. Lift the modem module 3 straight up to disconnect it from the system board. Reverse this procedure to install the modem module. Audio/infr ared board Before removing the audio/infra red board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Description Spare part number Audio/infrared board for use in computers with discrete graphics subsystems (includes cable) 512836-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 5 Remove the audio/infrared b oard: 1. Disconnect the audio/infrared board cable 1 from the LIF connector on the system board. 2. Remove the one Ph illips PM2.5Ã3.0 screw 2 . 3. Release the clip 3 built into the base enclosure th at secures the audio/infrared board. 4. Lift the audio/infrared board 4 straight up to remove it from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to inst all the audio/infrared board. USB boar d Before removing the USB board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Speaker assembly (see âSpeaker assemblyâ on page 4-23 ) e. Display assembly (see âD isplay assemblyâ on page 4-24 ) f. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) Description Spare part number USB board for use in computers with di screte graphics subsystems (includ es cable) 516855-001
4â3 6 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Remove the USB board: 1. Disconnect the USB board cable 1 from the LIF connector on the system board. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 2 that secures the USB board to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the USB board 3 from the base enclosure. Reverse this procedure to install the USB board. P o wer connec tor cable Before removing the power connec tor cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ). f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the power connector cable: Description Spare part number Power connector cable 533465-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 7 1. Remove the power connector cable 1 from the clips and routing channe l built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 2 that secures the power connector and bracket to the base enclosure. 3. Remove the power connector brack e t 3 by pulling it straight up 4 . Reverse this procedure to inst all the power connector cable. Sys t e m b o a r d â The system board spare part kit incl udes replacement thermal material. Before removing the system board, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) When replacing the system board, be sure that the following additional comp onents are removed from the defective system board and installed on the replacement system board: â TV tuner module (see âTV tuner moduleâ on page 4-12 ) â RTC battery (see âRTC batteryâ on page 4-13 ) Description Spare part number System board with discrete gr aphics subsystem and 1 GB of dedicated me mory 574902-001
4â3 8 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures â Memory module (see âMemory moduleâ on page 4-10 ) â WLAN module (see âWLAN moduleâ on page 4-16 ) â Modem module (see âModem moduleâ on page 4-33 ) â Fan/heat sink assembly (see âFan/heat sink assemblyâ on page 4-40 ) â Processor (see âProcessorâ on page 4-42 ) Remove the system boa rd: 1. Disconnect the modem module cable 1 from the modem module. 2. Disconnect the following cables from the system board: 2 Audio/infrared board cab le â The audio/infrared boa rd cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. 3 USB board cable â The USB board cable connects to a LIF connector on the system board. 4 Power connector cable â The power connector cable splits into two cables near the system board. One cable plugs into a connector on the top of the system board. The other cable plugs in to a connector on the bo ttom of the system board.
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â3 9 3. Remove the Phillips PM2.5Ã6.5 screw 1 that secures the system board to the base enclosure. 4. Lift up on the right side of the system boar d until it is at approximately a 45-degree angle 2 . 5. Remove the system b oard by sliding it to the right out of the base enclosure 3 . Reverse this procedure to install the system board. Modem module cable â The modem module cable is available in the Cable Kit, spare part number 512832 -001. The modem modu le cable includes the RJ-11 jack. Before removing the modem module cable, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsu re whether the computer is off or in Hibernation, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ). f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the modem module cable: 1. Release the cable from the clips 1 built into the base enclosure. 2. Remove the RJ-11 jack 2 from the clip built into the base enclosure. 3. Remove the cable assembly from the base enclosure 3 .
4â40 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Reverse this procedure to install the modem module cable. Fa n/heat sink assembly â The fan/heat sink assembly spare kit in cludes replacement therma l material. â To properly ventilate the computer, allo w at least a 7.6-cm (3-inc h) clearance on the right side and rear panel of the computer. The computer uses an el ectric fan for ventilation. The fan is controlled by a temperature sensor and is designed to turn on automatically when high te mperature conditions exist. Th ese conditions are affected by high external temperatures, system power consumption, power management/battery co nservation configurations, battery fast charging, and software requirements. Exhaus t air is displaced th rough the ventilation grill located on the left side of the computer. Before removing the heat sink, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ). 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) Remove the fan/heat sink assembly: Description Spare part number For use only with computer models equipped wit h graphics subsystems with discrete memory 579158-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â4 1 1. Turn the system board upsid e down, with the expansion port and external mo nitor port toward you. 2. Disconnect the fan cable 1 from the sy stem board. 3. Loosen the seven Phillips captive screws 2 through 8 that secure the fan/heat sink assembly to the system board. 4. Remove the fan/heat sink assembly 9 . â Due to the adhesive quality of the th ermal material located between the fa n/heat sink assembly and system board components, it may be necessary to move the fan/heat si nk assembly from side to side to detach the assembly. â The thermal material must be thorough ly cleaned from the surfaces of the fa n/heat sink assembly and the system board each time the fan/heat sink assembly is removed. The numbers on the drawing identify the section of the heat sink assembly that services its correcsponding compone nts on the system board. Thermal pa ste is used on the processorâs power c hoke and transistor 1 , the proces sor 2 , the PCH 3 , the graphics processing unit (GPU) 4 , and the video random access memory (VRAM) 5 and 6 . Thermal pads are used on all of the corresponding components on the fan/heat sink assembly. Replacement thermal material is included with all fan/heat sink assembly, system board, and processor spare part kits. Reverse this procedure to install the fan/heat sink assembly.
4â4 2 Maintenance and Serv ice Guide Remo val and replacement procedures Process or â The processor spare part kit includ es replacement thermal material. Before removing the processor, follow these steps: 1. Shut down the computer. If you are unsure whether the comp uter is off or in Hiberna tion, turn the computer on, and then shut it down thro ugh the op erating system. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the computer. 3. Disconnect the power from the computer by first unpl ugging the power cord fro m the AC outlet and then unplugging th e AC adapter from the comp uter. 4. Remove the battery (see â Batteryâ on page 4-6 ) 5. Remove the following comp onents: a. Hard drive (see âHard drive â on page 4-14 ) b. Optical drive (see âOptical driveâ on page 4-9 ) c. Switch cover and keyboard (see âSwitch cover and keyboardâ on page 4-18 ) d. Display assembly (see âDispla y assemblyâ on page 4-2 4 ) e. Top cover (see âTop coverâ on page 4-30 ) f. USB board (see âUS B boardâ on page 4-35 ) g. System board (see âSystem boardâ on page 4- 37 ) h. Fan/heat sink assembly (see âFan/heat sink assemblyâ on page 4- 40 ) Remove the processor: 1. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to turn the processor locking screw 1 one-half turn counterclockwise until you hear a click. 2. Lift the processor 2 straight up and rem ove it. â When you install the processor, the gold triangle 3 on the processor must be aligned with the triangle icon 4 embossed on the processor socket. Description Spare part number Intel® Core⢠2 Quad processors (12-MB L2 cache, 1066-MHz FSB) i7-820-QM, 1.73 GHz, SC turbo u p to 3.06 GHz 583053-001 i7-720-QM, 1.6 GHz, SC turbo up to 2.8 GHz 586170-001
Remo val and r eplacement procedur es Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 4â4 3 Reverse this procedure to install the processor.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 5â1 5 Setup Utility à W ARNI NG: Only auth ori zed t echnic ians trained b y HP must r epair this equipment . All trou bleshooting and repair pr ocedure s are detailed to allo w repair at only the subas sembly or module lev el. Because of the comple xity of the indiv idual boards and subas semblies , do not attem pt to mak e r epair s at the com ponent le v el or modify any printed w iring board . Improper r epai rs can cr eate a safety haz ard. A ny indicati on of component re plac ement or prin ted wiring boar d modificati on may vo id any w arr ant y or e xc hange allow ances. Starting th e Setup Utility The Setup Utility is a ROM-based info rmation and customization utility that can be used even when your Windows® operating system is not working. â The fingerprint reader (select models only) cannot be used to access the Setup Utility. The utility reports informa tion about the computer and provides se ttings for startup, security, and other preferences. To start the Setup Utility: » Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . 2. When the Sta rtup Menu is displayed, press f10 . Using the Setup Utilit y Changing the languag e of the Setup Utilit y The following procedure explains how to change the language of t he Se tup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is alr eady running, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select System Configuration > Language , and then press enter . 3. Use the arrow keys to select a language, and then press enter . 4. When a confirmation prompt with your language selected is displayed, press enter .
5â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Setup Utility 5. To save your change and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . Your change goes into effect immediately. Nav igating and sel ecting in t he Setup Utility Because the Setup Utility is not Window s based, it does not suppor t the TouchPad. Navigation and selection are by keystroke. â To choose a menu or a menu item, use the arrow keys. â To choose an item in a list or to toggle a field, for exam ple an Enable/Disable field, use either the arrow keys or f5 or f6. â To select an item, press enter . â To close a text box or return to the menu display, press esc . To display additional navigation an d selection information while th e Setup Utility is open, press f1 . Displa ying s ystem inf ormation The following procedure explains how to displ ay system in formation in the Setup Utility. If the Setup Utility is not open, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is open, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key from Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Select the Main menu. System information such as the system time and date, and identification information about the computer is di splayed. 3. To exit the Setup Utility without changing any settings, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . Restor ing default settings in th e Setup Utility The following procedure explains ho w to restore the Setup Utility defau lt settings. If the Setup Utility is not already running, begin at step 1. If the Setup Utility is alread y running, begin at step 2. 1. Open the Setup Utility by turnin g on or restarting the computer. While the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press f10 . â or â Open the Setup Utility by turning on or restarting the computer. Wh ile the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed in the lo wer-left corner of the screen, press esc . When the Startup Menu is displayed, press f10 . 2. Use the arrow keys to select Exit > Load Setup Defaults , and then press enter . 3. When the Set up Confirmation is displayed, press enter . 4. To save your change and exit the Setu p Utility, use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter .
Setup Utilit y Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 5â3 The Setup Utility default settin gs go into effect when the computer restarts. â Your password, security, and language settings are not changed when you restore the factory default settings. Ex iting the Setup Utilit y You can exit the Setup Utility w ith or without saving changes. â To exit the Setup Utility and save yo ur changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu displa y. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Saving Changes , and then press enter . â To exit the Setup Utility without saving your changes from the current session: If the Setup Utility menus are not visible, press esc to return to the menu displa y. Then use the arrow keys to select Exit > Exit Discarding Changes , and then press enter . After either choice, the comp uter restarts in Window s. Setup Utility m enus The menu tables in this section provide an overview of Setup Utility options. â Some of the Setup Utility menu ite ms listed in this chapter may not be supported by your computer. Mai n men u Security m enu S ystem Conf iguration menu Select To do this System information â View and change the system time and date. â View identification information about the computer. â View specification information about the processor, memory size, system BIOS, and keyboard controller ve rsion (sel ect models only). Select To do this Administrator password Enter, change, or delete an a dministrator password. Power-On Password Enter, change, or delete a power-on passwo rd. Select To do this Language Support Chan ge the Setup Utility language. Button Sound (select models only) Enable/disa ble the capacitive button tapping sound. Virtualization Tech nology Enable/disable th e processor Virtualization Techno logy. Processor C6 State (select models only) E nable/disab le the processor C6 sleep state.
5â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Setup Utility Diagnostics m enu LAN Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable L AN Power Saving. When enabled, saves power wh en the computer is in DC mode. Card Reader/1394 Power Saving (select models only) Enable/disable Card Reader/1394 Powe r Saving. When enabled, saves power when the computer is in DC mode. Fan Always On Enabled/disable Fan Always On. When enabled, the computer fan wi ll always be on. Boot Options Set the following boo t options: â f9 and f10 Delay (sec.)âSet the de lay for the f9 and f10 functions of the Setup Utility in intervals of 5 seconds each (0, 5, 10, 15, 20). â CD-ROM bootâEnable/disabl e boot from CD-R OM. â Floppy bootâEnable/disable boo t from diskette. â Internal Network Adapter bootâEnab le/d isable boot from Internal Network Adapter. â Boot OrderâSet the boot order for: â USB Floppy â Internal CD/DVD ROM drive â Hard drive â USB Diskette on Key â USB Hard drive â Network adapter Select To do this Select To do this Hard Disk Self Test Run a comprehen sive self-test on the hard drive. â On models with two hard drives, this menu option is called the Primary Hard Disk Se lf Test . Secondary Hard Disk Self Test (select models only) Run a comprehensive self-test on a secondary hard drive. Memory Test Run a diagnostic test on the system memory.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â1 6 Specifications Computer specifications Metric U.S. Dimensio ns Width 37.85 cm 14.90 in Depth 25.80 cm 10.16 in Height (front to back) 3.50 to 4.40 cm 1.38 to 1.73 in Weight Equipped with optical drive, hard dr ive, and battery 3.14 kg 6.93 lbs Camera adds 0.009 kg 0.02 lbs Input power Operating voltage 18.5 V dc @ 3.5 A - 65 W Operating current 3.5 A or 4.74 A Temperature Operating (not writing to optical disc) 0°C to 3 5°C 32°F to 95°F Operating (writing to optical disc) 5°C to 35°C 41°F to 95°F Nonoperating -20°C to 60°C -4°F to 140°F Relative humidity Operating 10% to 90% Nonoperating 5% to 95% Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating -15 m to 3,048 m -50 ft to 10,000 ft Nonoperating -15 m to 12,19 2 m -50 ft to 40,000 ft â Applicable product safety standards specify thermal limits for plasti c surfaces. The computer operates well within this range of temp eratures.
6â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s 15 .6 -inc h, HD BrightV iew displa y spec ifications Metric U. S. Dimensio ns Height 21.0 cm 8.3 in Width 35.9 cm 14.1 in Diagonal 39.5 cm 15.6 in Number of colors Up to 262,000 Contrast ratio 500:1 (typical) Brightness 220 nits (typical) Pixel resolution Pitch 0.255 à 0.255 mm Format 1366 à 768 Configuration RGB vertical stripe Backlight Edge lit Character di splay 80 à 25 Total power c onsumption 6.5 W Viewing angle ±45° horizontal, ±15° upper vertical , ±35° lower vertical (typical)
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â3 Hard dr iv e spec ifications 500-GB* 320-GB* 250-GB* Dimensions Height 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9 .5 mm Width 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm Weight 101 g 101 g 101 g Interface type SATA SATA SATA Transf er rate 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec 100 MB/sec Security ATA security ATA secu rity ATA security Seek times (typical read, includi ng setting) Single track 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms Average 13 ms 13 ms 13 ms Maximum 24 ms 24 ms 24 ms Logical bloc ks 1,048,576,000 625,142 ,448 488,397 ,168 Disc rotational speed 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm 5400 rpm and 7200 rpm Operating temperature 5°C to 55°C (41°F to 131°F) *1 GB = 1 billion bytes when referring to hard drive stor ag e capacity. Actual accessi ble capacity is less. Actual drive specificatio ns may differ slightly. â Certain restrictions and exclusions appl y. Contact technical support for details.
6â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s Blu-ra y ROM D VD ±R / RW SuperMulti DL Dri ve specification Applicable disc Read: Write: BD-ROM, BD-ROM-DL, BD-R, BD-R-DL, BD-RE, BD-RE-DL, DVD-ROM, DVD R, DVD R-DL, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-R-DL, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM (Ver.2), CD-DA, CD-ROM (Mode 1 and mode 2), CD-ROM XA (Mode 2, form 1 and form 2), Photo CD (Single and multiple sessions), CD Extra, CD-R, CD-RW, and CD-TEXT DVD-RAM (Ver.2), DVD R, DVD-R, CD-R, and C D-RW Access time BD DVD Random < 230 ms < 180 ms Cache buffer 8 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 16X CD-RW 2,400 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec 1X BD-ROM 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-R read 4,500 KB/sec 1X BD-RE read 4,500 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â5 D V D±R W and CD-RW SuperMulti Double -La yer Combo Dr iv e specifications S ystem DMA specifications Applicable dis c Read: Write: CD-DA, CD (E)G, CD-MIDI, CDTEXT, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA, MIXED MODE CD, CD-I, CD-I Bridge (Photo- CD, Video CD), Multisession CD (Photo-CD, CD-EXTRA, Portfolio, CDR, CD-RW), CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM (DVD-5, DVD-9, DVD-10, DVD-18), DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-RAM CD-R and CD-RW DVD R, DVD RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD-RAM Access time CD DVD Random < 175 ms < 230 ms Full stroke < 285 ms < 335 ms Cache buffe r 2 MB Data transfer rate 24X CD-ROM 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD 10,800 KB/sec 24X CD-R 3,600 KB/sec 8X DVD R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD RW 5,400 KB/sec 8X DVD-R 10,800 KB/sec 4X DVD-RW 5,400 KB/sec 2.4X DVD R(9) 2,700 KB/sec 5X DVD-RAM 6,750 KB/sec Transfer mode Multiword DMA Mode Hardware DMA System function DMA0 Not applicable DMA1* Not applicable DMA2* Not applicable DMA3 Not applicable DMA4 Direct memory access controller DMA5* Availabl e for ExpressCard DMA6 Not assigned DMA7 Not assigned *ExpressCard controller can use DMA 1, 2, or 5.
6â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s S ystem interrupt specifications Hardware IRQ System function IRQ0 System timer IRQ1 Standard 101-/102-Key or Microsoft® Natural Ke yboard IRQ2 Cascaded IRQ3 Intel 828 01DB/DBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controllerâ24CD IRQ4 COM1 IRQ5* Conexant ACâLink Audio Intel 82801DB/DBM SMBus Controllerâ24C3 Data Fax Modem with SmartCP IRQ6 Diskette drive IRQ7* Parallel port IRQ8 System CMOS/real-time clock IRQ9* Microsoft ACPI-compliant system IRQ10* Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C2 Intel 82852/82855 GM/GME Graphic Controller Realtek RTL8139 Family PCI Fast Ethernet Controller IRQ11 Intel USB EHCI controllerâ24CD Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C4 Intel USB UHCI controllerâ24C7 Intel Pro/Wireless 2200BG TI OHCI 1394 host controller TI PCI1410 CardBus controller IRQ12 Synaptics PS/2 TouchPad IRQ13 Numer ic data processor IRQ14 Primary IDE channel IRQ15 Secondary IDE channel *Default configuration; audio possible configu rat ions are IRQ5, IRQ7, IRQ9, IRQ10 , or none. â PC Cards may assert IRQ3, IRQ4 , IRQ5, IRQ7, I RQ9, IRQ10, IR Q1 1, or IRQ15. Either the infrared or the serial port may assert IRQ3 or IRQ4.
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â7 S ystem I/O address specifications I/O address (hex) System function (shipping configuration) 000 - 01F DMA controller channel 0-3 CF7 PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 020 - 021 Program interrupt controller (Master controller) 024 - 025 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 028 - 029 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 02C - 03D Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 02E - 02F Motherboard resource (LPC controller) 030 - 031 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 034 - 035 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 038 - 039 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 03C- 03D Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 040 - 043 System Timer 04E-04F Motherboard resource (LPC controller) 050-053 System Timer 060 EC 061 LPC 062 EC 063 LPC 064 EC 065 LPC 066 EC 067 LPC 070 Motherboard re sources 070-077 System CMOS/real time clock 080 Motherboard re sources 081-091 DMA controller channel 2 092 LPC 0A0-0A1 Program interrupt c ontroller (Slave controller) 0A4-0A5 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0A8-0A9 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0AC-0AD Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B0-0B1 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B2-0B3 LPC 0B4- 0B5 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0B8-0B9 Program interrupt controller (Aliases) 0BC- 0BD Program interrupt controller (Aliases) (Continued)
6â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Spe cifica tion s 0C0-0DF Direct memory access controller channel 4-7 F0 Numeric data processor 380-383 ENE CIR Receiver 384-38E EC 3B0-3BB VGA 3C0-3DF VGA 400-47F LPC 4D0-4D1 Programmable interrupt controller 500-53F LPC 600-60F LPC 610 LPC 800-80F LPC 810-817 LPC 820-823 LPC D00-FFFF PCI Bus on MS ACPI-Compliant System 164E-164F LPC 2000-20FF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 6 (B0/D28/F5) 3000-3FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 5 (B0/D28/F4) 4000-4FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 4 (B0/D28/F3) 5000-50FF Realtek RTL8168C/8111C PCI-E Gigabit Eth ernet NIC (B3/D0/F0) 6000-6FFF ICH9 Family PCI Expr ess Root Port 1 (B0/D28/F0) 7000-70FF VGA 7000-7FFF PCI-E Root Port (B0/D1/F0) 8000-801F SMBus Controller 8020-803F SATA AHCI controller - 2929 8040-805F USB UHCI controller - 2939 8060-807F USB UHCI controller - 2936 8080-809F USB UHCI controller - 2935 80A0-80BF USB UHCI controller - 2934 80C0-80DF USB UHCI controlle r - 3938 80E0-80FF USB UHCI controller - 2937 8100-8117 SATA AHCI controller - 292 9 I/O address (hex) System function (shi pping configuration)
Spe cifica tion s Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 6â9 S ystem memor y map spec ifications Size Memory address System function 640 KB 00000000-0009FFFF Base memory 128 KB 000A0000-000BFFFF Video memory 48 KB 000C0000-000CBFFF Video BIOS 160 KB 000C8000-000E7FFF Unused 64 KB 000E8000-000FFFF F System BIOS 15 MB 00100000-00FFFFFF Extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFF FF Super extended memory 58 MB 04800000-07FFFF FF Unused 2 MB 08000000-080FFFFF Video memory (direct access) 4 GB 08200000-FFF EFFFF Unused 64 KB FFFF0000-FF FFFFFF System BIOS
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 7 Sc r ew listing This section provides specification and reference information for the screws us ed in the computer. Some screws listed in this section are av ailable in the Screw Kit, spare part numb er 516498-001. Phillips P M2. 0Ã3. 0 blac k sc r e w Where used: 2 screws that secure the mounting bracket to the hard drive Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 9 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm
7â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: One screw tha t secures the WLAN to the system board Where used: One screw tha t secures the TV tuner to the system board
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â3 Where used: One screw tha t secures the Bluetooth module to the top cover Where used: 4 screws that secure the display hinge to the display panel
7â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2. 0Ã3 .0 silv er scre w Where used: 3 screws that se cure the keyboard to the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Silver 3 3.0 mm 2.0 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â5 Phillips P M2.5Ã3 . 0 sc re w U Where used: 2 screws that se cure the modem to the system board Where used: One screw tha t secures the audio/in frared board to the system board Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 3 3.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã4. 0 sc r e w Where used: One screw tha t secures the top cover to the computer Where used: 4 screws that secure the top cover to the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 13 4.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â7 Where used: 4 screws that secure s the speaker assembly to the computer Where used: One screw tha t secures the power button board to the switch cover
7â8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 3 screws, located inside the battery bay, that secure the switch cover to the computer
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â9 Phillips P M2.5Ã5 .0 scre w Where used: 8 screws that secure the displa y panel to the di splay enclosure Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 8 5.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 0 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã6 .5 sc re w Where used: One screw tha t secures the op tical drive to the computer Where used: 9 screws that secure the top co ver to the bottom of the computer Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 26 6.5 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 1 Where used: One screw tha t secures the USB connector to the base enclosure Where used: One screw tha t secures the power connec tor and bracket to the base enclosure Where used: 2 screws that secure the switch cover to the computer
7â1 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 3 screws that secure the keyboard to the computer Where used: One screw tha t secures the system board to the base enclosure Where used: 4 screws that se cure the disp lay assembly to the computer
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 3 Where used: 2 screws that se cure the hinge bracket to the display
7â1 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M3. 0Ã3. 5 sc re w Where used: 4 screws that secure the hard drive brackets to the rail Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 4 3.5 mm 3.0 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 5 Phillips P M2.5x5 .5 captiv e sc re w Where used: 2 captive screws that secure the hard drive cover to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 6 5.5 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Where used: 4 captive screws that secure the fan/heat sink to the system board (screws are secured by C-clips)
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 7 Phillips P M2.5Ã7 .0 scre w Where used: One screw tha t secures the top cover to the comput er as well as the speaker to the system board Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 1 7.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
7â1 8 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Scre w li stin g Phillips P M2.5Ã14. 0 captiv e screw Where used: 3 captive screws that secure the memory module compartment cove r to the computer (screws are secured by C-clips) Color Quantity Length Thread Head diameter Black 6 14.0 mm 2.5 mm 5.0 mm
Scre w li stin g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 7â1 9 Where used: 3 captive screws that secure the fan/hea t sink to the system board (screws are secured by C-clips)
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 8â1 8 Back up and R eco v ery Rec overi n g syst em i nfo rm a ti o n Recovery after a system failure is as complete as your most current backup. HP recommends that you create recovery discs immediately after software setup. As you add new software and data files, you should continue to back up your system on a regu lar basi s to maintain a reasonably current backup. Tools provided by the operating system and Recovery Ma nager software are designed to help you with the following tasks for safeguarding your information an d restoring it in case of a system failure: â Creating a set of recovery discs (Recovery Mana ger soft ware feature). Recovery di scs are used to start up (boot) your computer and restore the operating system and software progra ms to factory settings in case of system failure or instability. â Backing up your information regularly to protect your important system files. â Creating system restore points (operating system fe ature). System restore points allow yo u to reverse undesirable changes to your computer by restoring the computer to an earlier state. â Recovering a program or driver (Recovery Manager so ftware feature). This feature helps you reinstall a program or driver without performing a full syst em recovery. â Performing a full system recovery (R ecovery Manager software feature). With Recovery Manager, you can recover your full factory image if you experience syst em failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from a dedicated recovery partition (selec t models only) on the hard drive or from recovery discs you create. â Computers with a solid-state drive (SSD) may not have a recovery partition. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. To check for the presence of a recovery partition, select Start , right-click Computer , click Manage , and then click Disk Management . If the partition is present, an HP Recovery drive is listed in the window. Creating r eco very disc s HP recommends that you create recovery discs to be sure that you can restore your system to its original factory state if you experience serious system failure or instability. Create these disc s after setting up the computer for the first time. Handle these discs carefully and keep them in a safe plac e. The software allows the creation of only one set of recovery discs. Note the following guidelines before creating recovery discs: â You will need high-quality DVD-R, DVD R, BD-R (wr itable Blu-ray), or CD-R discs. All these discs are purchased separately. DVDs and BDs have a much higher capacity tha n CD s. If you use CDs, up to 20 discs may be required, whereas only a few DVDs or BDs are required. â Read-write discs, such as CD-RW, DVD±RW, double-layer discs, and BD-RE (rewritable Blu-ray) discs, are not compatible with the Recovery Manager software. â The computer must be connected to AC power during this process. â Only one set of recovery dis cs can be created per computer. â Number each disc before inser ting it into the optical drive.
8â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Back up and Reco very â If necessary, you can exit the program before you have fini shed creating the recovery discs. The next time you open Recovery Manager, you will be prompted to continue the disc creation process. To create a set of recovery discs: 1. Select Start > All Programs > Recovery Manager > Recovery Disc Creation . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. Backing up your inf ormation As you add new software and da ta files, you should back up yo ur system on a regular basis to m aintain a reasonably current backup . Back up your system at the following times: â At regularly scheduled times â Set reminders to back up your information periodically. â Before the computer is repaired or restored â Before you add or modify hardware or software Note the following when backing up: â Create system restore points using the Windows® System Restore feature, and periodically copy them to disc. â Store personal files in the Documents library and back up this folder periodically. â Back up templates stored in their associated programs. â Save customized settings in a window, toolbar, or menu bar by taking a screen shot of your settings. The screen shot can be a time-saver if you have to reset your preferences. To copy the screen and paste it into a wo rd-processing document, follow these steps: a. Display the screen. b. Copy the screen: To copy only the active window, press alt fn prt sc . To copy the entire screen, press fn prt sc. c. Open a w ord-processing document, and then select Edit > Paste . d. Save the docum ent. â You can back up your info rmation to an optional external hard driv e, a network drive, or discs. â When backing up to d iscs, use any of the following types of discs (purchased separately): CD-R, CD-RW, DVD R, DVD-R, or DVD ± RW. The discs you use will depend on the ty pe of optical drive installed in your computer. â DVDs store more information than CDs, so using th em for backup reduces the nu mber of recovery discs required. â When backing up to discs, number each disc before inserting it into the optic al drive of the computer. Using Windo ws Backup and R estore To create a backup using Windows Ba ckup and Restore, follow these steps: â Be sure that the computer is connected to AC power before you start the backup process.
Back up and Reco very Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 8â3 â The backup process ma y take over an hour, depe nd ing on the file size and the speed of the computer. 1. Select Start > All Programs > Maintenance > Backup and Restore . 2. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up and create a backup. â Windows ® includes the User Account Contro l feature to improve the security of your computer. You may be prompted for your permission or password for tasks such as installing so ftware, running utilities, or changing Windows settings. Refer to Help an d Support for more information. Using s ystem r estore points When you back up your system, you are creating a system r estore point. A system restor e point allows you to save and name a snapshot of your hard drive at a specific point in time. You can then recover back to that point if you want to reverse subsequent changes made to yo ur system. â Recovering to an earlier restore poin t does not affect data files saved or e-mails created since the last restore point. You also can create additional restore points to provide increased protection for your system files and settings. When to create restor e points â Before you add or extensively modify software or hardware â Periodically, whenever the sy stem is performing optimally â If you revert to a restore point and then chan ge your mind, you can reverse the restoration. Create a s ystem rest ore point 1. Click Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System Protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Under Protection Settings , select the disk for which you want to create a restore point. 5. Click Create . 6. Follow the on-screen instructions. Restor e to a pre vious date and time To revert to a restore point (created at a previous da te and time), when the computer was fu nctioning opt imally, follow these steps: 1. Click Start > Control Panel > System and Security > System . 2. In the left pane, click System protection . 3. Click the System Protection tab. 4. Click System Restore . 5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
8â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Back up and Reco very Pe r f o r m i n g a r e c o v e r y â You can recover only files that you have previously backed up. HP recommends that you use HP Recovery Manager to create a set of recovery discs (an entire drive ba ckup) as soon as you set up you r computer. Recovery Manager software allows you to repair or restore the system if you experienc e system failure or instability. Recovery Manager works from recovery discs or from a dedi cated recovery par tition (select models only) on the hard drive. However, if your computer incl udes a solid-state drive (SSD), you may not have a recovery partition. If that is the case, recovery discs have been in cluded with your computer. Use these discs to recover your operating system and software. â Windows has its own built-in repair features, such as Syst em Restore. If you have not already tried these features, try them before using Recovery Manager. Recovery Manager recovers only softwa re that was preinstalled at the factory. Software not provided with this computer must be downloaded from th e manufacturer's Web site or reinstalled from the disc provided by the manufacturer. Reco vering fr om the reco ver y discs To restore the system from the recovery discs: 1. Back up all personal files. 2. Insert the first recovery disc into th e optical drive and restart the computer. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions. Rec overin g f rom th e d ed ic at ed rec ove r y partition (sel ec t models only) â Computers with an SSD may not have a recovery partitio n. If the computer does not have a recovery partition, you will not be able to recover using this procedure. Recovery discs have been included for computers that do not have a partition. Use these discs to re cover your operating system and software. On some models, you can perform a recovery from the partit ion on the hard drive, accessed by pressing either the Start button or f11 . This restores the computer to its factory condition. To restore the system from th e partition, follow these steps: 1. Access Recovery Manager in either of the following ways: â Select Start > All Programs > Recove ry Manager > Recovery Manager . âorâ â Turn on or restart the computer, and then press esc while the âPress the ESC key for Startup Menuâ message is displayed on the bottom of the screen. Then, Press f11 while the âPress <F11> for recoveryâ message is displayed on the screen. â 2. Click System Recovery in the Recovery Manager windo w. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â1 9 Connec tor pin assignments 13 9 4 Audio-in (mic roph one) Pin Signal 1 Power 2 Ground 3 TPB- 4T P B 5T P A - 6T P A Pin Signal 1 Audio signal in 2 Audio signal in 3 Ground
9â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments Audio-out (headphone) Pin Signal 1 Audio out, left channel 2 Audio out, right channe l 3 Ground
Connec tor pin assignments Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â3 External monitor Pin Signal 1 Red analog 2 Green analog 3 Blue analog 4 Not connected 5 Ground 6 Ground analog 7 Ground analog 8 Ground analog 9 5 VDC 10 Ground 11 Monitor detect 12 DDC 2B data 13 Horizontal sync 14 Vertic al sync 15 DDC 2B clock
9â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments HDM I Pin Signal 1 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 2 2 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 2 shield 3 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data 2- 4 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 5 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 shield 6 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 1 shield 7 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 0 8 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data 0 shield 9 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data 0- 10 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) Clock 11 Transition minimized differential signa l (TDMS) data clock shield 12 Transition minimized differenti al signal (TDMS) data clock- 13 Consumer electronics control (CEC) 14 Not connected 15 Display data channel (DDC) clock 16 Display data channel (DDC) data 17 Ground 18 5V Power 19 Hot plug detect
Connec tor pin assignments Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 9â5 RJ-11 (modem) RJ- 45 (network) Pin Signal 1 Unused 2 Tip 3 Ring 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Unused Pin Signal 1 Transmit 2 Transmit 3 Receive 4 Unused 5 Unused 6 Receive - 7 Unused 8 Unused
9â6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Connect or pin assignments Univ ersal Serial Bus Pin Signal 1 5 VDC 2 Data - 3 Data 4 Ground
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 10 â 1 10 P o wer cor d set requir em ents The wide range input feature of the computer permits it to operate from any line voltag e from 100 to 120 volts AC or from 220 to 240 volts AC. The 3-conductor power cord set included with the computer meets th e requirements for use in the country or reg ion where the equipment is purcha sed. Power cord sets for use in other countr ies and regions must meet the requirem ents of the country or region wher e the compute r is used. Requir em ents for all countr ies and regions The requirements listed below are applicable to a ll countries and regions: â The length of the power cord set must be at least 1.5 m (5.0 ft) and no more than 2.0 m (6.5 ft). â All power cord sets must be approved by an accepta ble accr edited agency respon sible for evaluation in the country or region where the power cord set will be used. â The power cord sets must have a minimum current capacity of 10 amps and a nominal voltage rating of 125 or 250 V AC, as required by the power system of each country or region. â The appliance coupler must meet the mechanical configuration of an EN 60 320/IEC 32 0 Standard Sheet C13 connector for mating with the appliance inlet on the back of the computer.
10 â 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide P owe r c o rd se t re qu i re me n t s Requir em ents for specific countries and regions Country/region Accredite d agency Accredited agency Applicable note number Australia EANSW 1 Austria OVE 1 Belgium CEBC 1 Canada CSA 2 Denmark D EMKO 1 Finland FIMKO 1 France UTE 1 Germany VDE 1 Italy IMQ 1 Japan METI 3 The Netherlands KEMA 1 Norway NEMKO 1 The People's Republ ic of China CCC 5 South Korea EK 4 Sweden SEMKO 1 Switzerland SEV 1 Taiwan BSMI 4 The United Kingdom BSI 1 The United States UL 2 1. The flexible cord must be Type HO5 VV-F, 3-conductor, 1.0-mm² conductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certificati on mark of the agency responsible for evaluati on in the country or region where it will be used. 2. The flexibl e cord must be Type SPT-3 or equivalent, No. 18 AWG, 3-conducto r. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a NEMA 5-15P (15 A, 125 V) or NE MA 6-15P (15 A, 250 V) configuration. 3. The appli ance coupler, flexibl e cord, and wall plug must bea r a âTâ mark and registratio n number in accordance with the Japan ese Dentori Law. The flexible cord must be Type VCT or VCTF, 3-condu ctor, 1.00-mm² conductor size. The wall plug must be a two-pole grounding type with a Japanese Industri al Stan dard C8303 (7 A, 125 V) configuration. 4. The flexible cord must be Type RVV, 3-cond uctor, 0.75-mm² co nductor size. Power cord set fittings (appliance coupler and wall plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it wil l be used. 5. The flexibl e cord must be Type VCTF, 3- conductor, 0.75-mm² condu ctor size. Power co rd set fittings (appliance coupler and wal l plug) must bear the certification mark of the agency responsible for evaluation in the country or region where it wil l be used.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 1 11 Recycl in g Battery When a battery has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of the battery in general household waste. Follow the local laws and regulations in yo ur area for computer battery disposal. Displa y à W ARNI NG: The bac k light con tains merc ur y . Exerc ise caution when r emov ing and handling the backligh t to av oid damaging this component and cau sing exposur e to the mer cury . à CAUT I ON: The pr ocedures in this chapter can result in damage to display components . The only compo nents intended f or re cy cling purposes ar e the liquid crystal displa y (L CD) panel and the backlight . When you r emove these components, handle them car efully . â Materials Disposal. Thi s HP product contains mercury in the backlight i n the display assembly that might require special handling at end-of-life. Disposal of mercury may be re gulated because of environm ental considerations. For disposal or recy cling information, contact your local authorities, or see the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) Web site at http://www .eiae.org . This section provides disassembly instructions for th e display assembly. The di splay assembly must be disassembled to gain a ccess to the backlight 1 and the liquid crystal displ a y (LCD) panel 2 . â The procedures provided in this chapter are general di sassembly instructions. Specif ic details, such as screw sizes, quantities, and locations, and co mponent shapes and sizes, can vary from one computer model to another.
11 â 2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g Perform the following steps to disassemble the display assembly: 1. Remove all screw covers 1 and screws 2 that secure the display bezel to the display assembly. 2. Lift up and out on the left and right inside edges 1 and the top and bottom inside edges 2 of the display bezel until the bezel disengages fro m the display assembly. 3. Remove the display bezel 3 .
Rec ycli n g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 3 4. Disconnect all display panel cables 1 from the display inverter and remove the inverter 2 . 5. Remove all screws 1 that secure the display panel ass embly to the display enclosure. 6. Remove the display panel assembly 2 from the display enclosure. 7. Turn the display panel assembly upside down. 8. Remove all screws that secure the display panel frame to the display pane l.
11 â 4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g 9. Use a sharp-edged tool to cut the tape 1 that secures the sides of the disp lay panel to the display panel frame. 10. Remove the display panel frame 2 from the display panel. 11. Remove the screws 1 that secure the backlight cover to the display panel. 12. Lift the top edge of the backlight cover 2 and swing it outward. 13. Remove the backlight cover. 14. Turn the d isplay panel right-side up. 15. Remove the backlight cables 1 from the clip 2 in the display panel.
Rec ycli n g Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide 11 â 5 16. Turn th e display panel ups ide down. 17. Remove the backlight frame from the display panel. Ã W ARNI NG: The bac k light con tains merc ur y . Exerc ise caution when r emov ing and handling the backligh t to av oid damaging this component and cau sing exposur e to the mer cury . 18. Remove the backlight from the backlight frame.
11 â 6 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Rec ycli n g 19. Disconnect the display panel cable 1 from the LCD panel. 20. Remove the screws 2 that secure the LCD panel to the display rear panel. 21. Release the LCD panel 3 from the display rear panel. 22. Release the tape 4 that secures the LC D panel to the display rear panel. 23. Remove the LCD panel. 24. Recycle the LCD pa nel and backlight.
Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ1 Inde x 1394 pin assignments 9â1 A AC adapter, spare part number 3â14 administrator password 5â3 antenna components 1â2 spare part number 3â3 audio board, spare part number 3â5 audio, product description 1â2 audio/infrared bo ard removal 4â35 spare part number 4â34 audio-in jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1, 9â3 audio-out jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1, 9â2 B backing up 8â1, 8â 2 backup customized window, toolba r, and menu bar settings 8â2 hard drive 8â3 personal files 8â2 scheduling 8â2 templates 8â2 backup sug gestions 8â2 base enclosure, spare part number 3â5 battery removal 4â6 spare part number 3â5, 4â6 battery bay 2â9 battery light 2â5 battery release latch 2â9 Bluetooth module removal 4â33 spare part number 3â9, 4â32 Bluetooth module cable removal 4â33 spare part number 3â9 Blu-ray Disc specifications 6â4 Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive specifications 6â4 boot options 5â4 boot order 5â4 bottom components 2â9 built-in device modem 4â33 wireless button 2â3 button components 2â3 buttons power 2â3 volume mute 2â3 C Cable Kit, spare part number 3â5 cables, service considerations 4â1 caps lock light 2â5 chipset, product description 1â1 components bottom 2â9 display 2â1 front 2â6 keys 2â4 left-side 2â7 lights 2â5 right-side 2â8 top 2â1 TouchPad 2â2 computer feet locations 4â6 spare part number 4â6 computer specifications 6â1 connectors power 2â8 service cons iderations 4â1 creating recovery discs 8â1 creating recovery points 8â3 D Diagnostics menu 5â4 Digital Media Slot 2â7 display assembly removal 4â24 spare part number 4â24 display bezel, spare part number 3â9
Index â2 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Index display components 2â1 display enclosure, spare part number 3â10 display hinge covers, spare part number 3â3 Display Hinge Kit, spare part number 3â9 display inverter, spare part number 3â10 display nameplate, spare part number 3â3 display panel 3â9 display panel cable, disconn ecting 4â24 display panel, spare part number 3â9 Display Rubber Kit, spare part number 3â10 Display Screw Kit, spare part number 3â10 display specifications 6â2 drive light 2â6 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive specifications 6â5 E electrostatic discharge 4â2 esc key 2â4 Ethernet, product description 1â2 ExpressCard module, spare part number 3â9 ExpressCard port bezel, spare part number 3â5 ExpressCard slot 2â7 external media cards, product description 1â3 external monitor port location 2â7 pin assignments 9â3 F f11 recovery 8â4 factory state, recovering to 8â1 fn key 2â4 front components 2â6 full system recovery 8â1 function keys 2â4 G grounding eq uipment and methods 4â2 H hard drive illustrated 3â11 precautions 4â2 product description 1â2 removal 4â14 spare part numbers 3â8, 4â14 hard drive backup 8â3 hard drive bay 2â9 hard drive bracket, removal 4â15 Hard Drive Hardware K it, spare part number 3â9 hard drive port bezel cover, spare part number 3â5, 3â12 HDMI port assignments 9â4 illustrated 2â7 headphone jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â2 heat sink removal 4â40 spare part number 4â40 I I/O address specifications 6â7 interrupt specifications 6â6 J jacks audio-in 2â6 audio-out 2â6 headphone 2â6 microphone 2â6 modem 2â8 network 2â7 RJ-11 2â8 RJ-45 2â7 K key components 2â4 keyboard product description 1â3 removal 4â19 spare part numbers 3â3, 4â18 keys esc 2â4 fn 2â4 function 2â4 keypad 2â4 Windows applications 2â4 Windows logo 2â4 L LAN Power Saving 5â4 language, changing in Setup Utility 5â1 LED cable, spare part number 3â9 left-side components 2â7 light components 2â5 lights battery 2â5 caps lock 2â5 drive 2â6 power 2â5 volume down 2â5 volume mute 2â5 volume up 2â5 webcam 2â1 lower trim cover, spare part number 3â10
Index Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ3 M Main menu 5â3 mass storage devices, spare part numbers 3â11 memory map specifications 6â9 memory module product description 1â2 removal 4â10 spare part numbers 3â6, 4â10 memory module compartment cover, spare part number 3â5 microphone location 2â1 product description 1â2 microphone jack location 2â6 pin assignments 9â1 model name 3â1, 4â5 modem jack location 2â8 pin assignments 9â5 modem module product description 1â2 removal 4â34 spare part number 3â6 , 4â33 modem module cable removal 4â39 modem module cable, spare part number 3â5 monitor port location 2â7 pin assignments 9â3 N network jack location 2â7 pin assignments 9â5 O operating system, product description 1â4 optical drive illustrated 3â11 location 2â8 precautions 4â2 product description 1â2 removal 4â9 spare part numbers 3â6, 4â9 optical drive bracket, removal 4â9 P packing guidelines 4â3 panels, pr oduct description 1â2 performing a sy stem re covery 8â4 pin assignments 1394 9â1 audio-in 9â1 audio-out 9â2 HDMI 9â4 headphone 9â2 microphone 9â1 modem 9â5 monitor port 9â3 network 9â5 RJ-11 9â5 RJ-45 9â5 USB 9â6 plastic parts 4â1 Plastics Kit, spare part number 3â5, 3â12 ports external monitor 2â7 HDMI 2â7 product description 1â3 USB 2â7, 2â8 power button 2â3 power button board removal 4â23 spare part number 4â22 spare part numbers 3â3 power connector 2â8 power connector cable removal 4â36 spare part number 3â5, 4â36 power cord set requirements 10â1 spare part numbers 3â14, 3â15 power light 2â5 power requirements, product description 1â3 processor removal 4â42 spare part number 3â5 spare part numbers 4â42 product description audio 1â2 chipset 1â1 ethernet 1â2 external media cards 1â3 graphics 1â1 hard drives 1â2 keyboard 1â3 memory module 1â2 microphone 1â2 modem module 1â2 operating system 1â4 optical drives 1â2 panels 1â2 ports 1â3 power requirements 1â3 processors 1â1 product name 1â1
Index â4 Maintenance and Servi ce Guide Index security 1â3 serviceability 1â4 TV tuner 1â3 webcam 1â2 wireless 1â2 product name 1â1, 3â1, 4â5 R recovery from the dedicated r ecovery partit ion 8â4 from the recovery discs 8â4 procedure 8â4 program or driver 8â1 recovery discs 8â4 recovery partition 8â4 recycling battery 11â1 display 11â1 remote controls, spare part number 3â14 removal/replacement preliminaries 4â1 procedures 4â5 restore points 8â3 restoring factory settings 5â2 right-side components 2â8 RJ-11 (modem) jack location 2â8 pin assignments 9â5 RJ-45 (network) jack location 2â7 pin assignments 9â5 RTC battery removal 4â13 spare part number 3â6, 4â13 rubber feet, spare pa rt number 4â6 S scheduling backups 8â2 Screw Kit contents 7â1 spare part number 3â14 screw listing 7â1 security cable s lot 2â8 Security menu Administrator password 5â3 Power-On password 5â3 security, produc t description 1â3 serial number 4â5 service considerations 4â1 service tag 3â1, 4â5 serviceability, product description 1â4 Setup Utility changing the langua ge 5â1 Diagnostics menu 5â4 displaying system information 5â2 exiting 5â3 Main menu 5â3 restoring default settings 5â2 System Configuration menu 5â3 solid-state drive (SSD) 8â1 speaker assembly removal 4â23 spare part number 4â23 speakers, spare part number 3â5 specifications Blu-ray ROM DVD±R/RW SuperMulti DL Drive 6â4 display 6â2 DVD±RW and CD-RW SuperMulti Double-Layer Drive with LightScribe 6â5 hard drive 6â3 I/O address 6â7 interrupts 6â6 memory map 6â9 system DMA 6â5 system memory map 6â9 switch cover, spare part numbers 3â3 system backup 8â1 system board removal 4â38 spare part number 3â5, 4â37 System Configuration menu 5â3 system DMA 6â5 system information 5â2, 5â3 system interrupts 6â6 T thermal module, spare part number 3â5, 4â40 tools required 4â1 top cover removal 4â30 spare part number 3â5, 4â30 TouchPad button 2â2 TouchPad scroll zone 2â2 TouchPad, location 2â2 TV tuner cable, spare part number 3â5 TV tuner module removal 4â12 spare part number 4â12 TV tuner, spare part number 3â15 U USB board removal 4â36 spare part number 3â5, 4â35 USB port
Index Maintenance and S er vi ce Guide Inde xâ5 location 2â7 , 2â8 pin assignments 9â6 user replaceable parts 1â4 using system restore points 8â3 V vents 2â9 volume down light 2â5 volume mute button 2â3 volume mute light 2â5 volume up light 2â5 W warranty period 3â1, 4â5 webcam location 2â1 product description 1â2 spare part number 3â9 webcam light 2â1 Windows application key 2â4 Windows logo ke y 2â4 wireless antenna product description 1â2 wireless antenna product description 1â2 wireless button 2â3 wireless, product description 1â2 WLAN module removal 4â18